Exhibit 10.38
                                                                   -------------


















                             BANK OF OKLAHOMA, N.A.
                  DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PROTOTYPE PLAN & TRUST


















(C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 0




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I, DEFINITIONS
1.01     Account...............................................................1
1.02     Accounting Balance or Accrued Benefit.................................1
1.03     Accounting Date.......................................................1
1.04     Adoption Agreement....................................................1
1.05     Beneficiary...........................................................1
1.06     Code..................................................................1
1.07     Compensation..........................................................1
1.08     Disability............................................................2
1.09     Earned Income.........................................................2
1.10     Effective Date........................................................2
1.11     Employee..............................................................3
1.12     Employer..............................................................3
1.13     ERISA.................................................................3
1.14     Highly Compensated Employee...........................................3
1.15     Hour of Service.......................................................3
1.16     Leased Employee.......................................................4
1.17     Nonhighly Compensated Employee........................................5
1.18     Nontransferable Annuity...............................................5
1.19     Paired Plans..........................................................5
1.20     Participant...........................................................5
1.21     Plan..................................................................5
1.22     Plan Administrator....................................................5
1.23     Plan Entry Date.......................................................5
1.24     Plan Year.............................................................5
1.25     Protected Benefit.....................................................5
1.26     Related Group/Related Employer........................................5
1.27     Self-Employed Individual / Owner......................................6
1.28     Employee/ Shareholder-Employee Separation from Service................6
1.29     Service...............................................................6
1.30     Service with a Predecessor Employer...................................6
1.31     Trust.................................................................6
1.32     Trust Fund............................................................6
1.33     Trustee...............................................................6
1.34     Vested................................................................6

ARTICLE II, ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.01     Eligibility...........................................................7
2.02     Age and Service Conditions............................................7
2.03     Break in Service - Participation......................................7
2.04     Participation upon Re-employment......................................8
2.05     Change in Employment Status...........................................8
2.06     Election Not to Participate...........................................8

ARTICLE III, EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES
3.01      Employer Contributions...............................................9
3.02      Deferral Contributions...............................................9
3.03      Matching Contributions...............................................9
3.04      Employer Contribution Allocation.....................................9
3.05      Forfeiture Allocation...............................................11
3.06      Allocation Conditions...............................................12
3.07      Annual Additions Limitation.........................................13
3.08      Estimating Compensation.............................................13
3.09      Determination Based on Actual Compensation..........................13
3.10      Disposition of Allocated Excess Amount..............................13
3.11      Combined Plans Annual Additions Limitation..........................14
3.12      Estimating Compensation.............................................14
3.13      Determination Based on Actual Compensation..........................14
3.14      Ordering of Annual Addition Allocations.............................14
3.15      Disposition of Allocated Excess Amount Attributable to Plan.........14
3.16      Other Defined Contribution Plans Limitation.........................15

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. i


3.17      Defined Benefit Plan Limitation.....................................15
3.18      Definitions - Article III...........................................15

ARTICLE IV, PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
4.01      Participant Contributions...........................................18
4.02      Employee Contributions..............................................18
4.03      DECs................................................................18
4.04      Rollover Contributions..............................................18
4.05      Participant Contributions - Vesting.................................18
4.06      Participant Contributions-
4.07      Participant Contributions - Investment and Accounting...............18

ARTICLE V, VESTING
5.01      Normal/Early Retirement Age ........................................19
5.02      Participant Death or Disability.....................................19
5.03      Vesting Schedule ...................................................19
5.04      Cash-out Distributions to Partially-Vested
          Participants/Restoration of Forfeited Account Balance...............19
5.05      Accounting for Cash-Out Repayment...................................20
5.06      Year of Service - Vesting...........................................20
5.07      Break in Service and Forfeiture Break in Service - Vesting..........21
5.08      Included Years of Service - Vesting ................................21
5.09      Forfeiture Occurs ..................................................21
5.10      Rule of Parity - Vesting ...........................................21
5.11      Amendment to Vesting Schedule.......................................21
5.12      Deferral Contributions Taken into Account

ARTICLE VI, DISTRIBUTIONS
6.01      Timing of Distributions.............................................22
6.02      Required Minimum Distributions .....................................23
6.03.     Method of Distribution .............................................26
6.04      Annuity Distributions to Participants and to Surviving Spouses......26
6.05      Waiver Election - QJSA..............................................27
6.06      Waiver Election - QPSA..............................................27
6.07      Distributions Under Qualified Domestic Relations Orders (QDRO)......28
6.08      Defaulted Loan - Timing of Offset ..................................28
6.09      Hardship Distribution...............................................28
6.10      Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions .................28
6.11      TEFRA Elections.....................................................29

ARTICLE VII, EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
7.01      Information to Plan Administrator...................................30
7.02      No Responsibility for Others........................................30
7.03      Indemnity of Certain Fiduciaries ...................................30
7.04      Employer Direction of Investment....................................30
7.05      Evidence ...........................................................30
7.06      Plan Contributions .................................................30
7.07      Employer Action.....................................................30
7.08      Fiduciaries Not Insurers............................................30
7.09      Plan Terms Binding .................................................30
7.10      Word Usage .........................................................30
7.11      State Law ..........................................................30
7.12      Prototype Plan Status...............................................30
7.13      Employment Not Guaranteed...........................................31

ARTICLE VIII, PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
8.01      Beneficiary Designation.............................................32
8.02      No Beneficiary Designation/Death of Beneficiary.....................32
8.03      Assignment or Alienation ...........................................32
8.04      Information Available ..............................................33
8.05      Claims Procedure for Denial of Benefits.............................33
8.06      Participant Direction of Investment.................................33

ARTICLE IX, PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
9.01      Compensation and Expenses ..........................................34
9.02      Resignation and Removal.............................................34

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. ii


9.03      General Powers and Duties ..........................................34
9.04      Plan Loans..........................................................34
9.05      Funding Policy .....................................................34
9.06      Individual Accounts ................................................35
9.07      Value of Participant's Account Balance .............................35
9.08      Allocation and Distribution of Net Income, Gain or Loss ............35
9.09      Individual Statement................................................36
9.10      Account Charged.....................................................36
9.11      Lost Participants...................................................36
9.12      Plan Correction.....................................................37
9.13      No Responsibility for Others........................................37
9.14      Notice, Designation, Election, Consent and Waiver...................37

ARTICLE X, TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES
10.01     Acceptance .........................................................38
10.02     Receipt of Contributions............................................38
10.03     Investment Powers ..................................................38
10.04     Records and Statements..............................................42
10.05     Fees and Expenses from Fund.........................................42
10.06     Parties to Litigation ..............................................42
10.07     Professional Agents.................................................42
10.08     Distribution of Cash or Property ...................................42
10.09     Participant or Beneficiary Incapacitated............................42
10.10     Distribution Directions.............................................42
10.11     Third Party Reliance................................................42
10.12     Multiple Trustees...................................................42
10.13     Resignation and Removal.............................................43
10.14     Successor Trustee Acceptance........................................43
10.15     Valuation of Trust .................................................43
10.16     Limitation on Liability - If Investment Manager, Ancillary
          Trustee or Independent Fiduciary Appointed..........................43
10.17     Investment in Group Trust Fund .....................................43
10.18     Appointment of Ancillary Trustee or Independent Fiduciary...........44

ARTICLE XI, PROVISIONS RELATING TO INSURANCE AND INSURANCE COMPANY
11.01     Insurance Benefit...................................................45
11.02     Limitation on Life Insurance Protection.............................45
11.03     Definitions.........................................................46
11.04     Dividend Plan.......................................................46
11.05     Insurance Company Not a Party to Agreement .........................46
11.06     No Responsibility for Others........................................46
11.07     Duties of Insurance Company ........................................46

ARTICLE XII, TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
12.01     Determination of Top-Heavy Status...................................47
12.02     Definitions.........................................................47
12.03     Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation .......................................48
12.04     Determining Top-Heavy Contribution Rates............................48
12.05     Plan Which Will Satisfy Top-Heavy ..................................48
12.06     Top-Heavy Vesting ..................................................48

ARTICLE XIII, EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION
13.01     Exclusive Benefit ..................................................49
13.02     Amendment by Employer...............................................49
13.03     Amendment by Prototype Plan Sponsor.................................49
13.04     Plan Termination or Suspension .....................................49
13.05     Full Vesting on Termination.........................................50
13.06     Post Termination Procedure and Distribution.........................50
13.07     Merger/Direct Transfer .............................................50

ARTICLE XIV, CODE ss.401(k) AND CODE ss.401(m) ARRANGEMENTS
14.01     Application.........................................................52
14.02     401(k) Arrangement..................................................52
14.03     Definitions.........................................................55
14.04     Matching Contributions/ Employee Contributions .....................56

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. iii


14.05     Deferral Deposit Timing/Employer Contribution Status ...............56
14.06     Special Accounting and Allocation Provisions .......................57
14.07     Annual Elective Deferral Limitation.................................58
14.08     Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) Test...............................58
14.09     Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) Test 60........................59
14.10     Multiple Use Limitation.............................................60
14.11     Distribution Restrictions ..........................................61
14.12     Special Allocation and Valuation Rules..............................62

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. iv



                             BANK OF OKLAHOMA, N.A.
                            PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT
                            BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT # 01

     Bank  of  Oklahoma,  N.A.,  in its  capacity  as  Prototype  Plan  Sponsor,
establishes  this Prototype Plan intended to conform to and qualify under ss.401
and  ss.501 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended.  An  Employer
establishes a Plan and Trust under this  Prototype Plan by executing an Adoption
Agreement.  If the Employer  adopts this Plan as a restated Plan in substitution
for, and in amendment of, an existing  plan,  the  provisions of this Plan, as a
restated Plan,  apply solely to an Employee whose  employment  with the Employer
terminates on or after the restated Effective Date of the Plan. If an Employee's
employment with the Employer  terminates  prior to the restated  Effective Date,
that Employee is entitled to benefits  under the Plan as the Plan existed on the
date of the Employee's termination of employment.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.01  "Account" means the separate  Account(s) which the Plan Administrator
or the Trustee maintains under the Plan for a Participant.

     1.02  "Account Balance" or "Accrued Benefit" means the amount standing in a
Participant's  Account(s) as of any date derived from Employer contributions and
from Participant contributions, if any.

     1.03  "Accounting  Date"  means  the last day of the  Plan  Year.  The Plan
Administrator  will  allocate  Employer  contributions  and  forfeitures  for  a
particular  Plan Year as of the  Accounting  Date of that Plan Year, and on such
other dates, if any, as the Plan Administrator  determines,  consistent with the
Plan's allocation conditions and other provisions.

     1.04  "Adoption  Agreement"  means the document  executed by each  Employer
adopting  this Plan.  References  to Adoption  Agreement  within this basic plan
document are to the Adoption Agreement as completed and executed by a particular
Employer unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  An adopting Employer's
Adoption  Agreement  and this basic plan document  together  constitute a single
Plan  and  Trust  of the  Employer.  Each  elective  provision  of the  Adoption
Agreement corresponds (by its parenthetical section reference) to the section of
the Plan which grants the election.  Each Adoption  Agreement offered under this
Plan is either a Nonstandardized  Plan or a Standardized  Plan, as identified in
that Adoption Agreement. The provisions of this Plan apply in the same manner to
Nonstandardized Plans and to Standardized Plans unless otherwise specified.  All
section  references within an Adoption  Agreement are Adoption Agreement section
references unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

     1.05  "Beneficiary"  means a person  designated by a Participant  or by the
Plan who is or may become  entitled to a benefit  under the Plan. A  Beneficiary
who becomes entitled to a benefit under the Plan remains a Beneficiary under the
Plan until the Trustee has fully  distributed  to the  Beneficiary  his/her Plan
benefit. A Beneficiary's  right to (and the Plan  Administrator's or a Trustee's
duty to provide to the Beneficiary) information or data concerning the Plan does
not arise  until the  Beneficiary  first  becomes  entitled to receive a benefit
under the Plan.

     1.06  "Code"  means the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  and
includes applicable Treasury regulations.

     1.07  "Compensation"  means  a  Participant's  W-2  wages,  Code ss.3401(a)
wages, or 415 compensation  except,  in the case of a Self-Employed  Individual,
Compensation means Earned Income as defined in Section 1.09. The Employer in its
Adoption  Agreement  must specify  which  definition  of  Compensation  (Section
1.07(A),  (B) or (C)) applies under the Plan and any modifications  thereto, for
purposes of contribution allocations under Article III.

     Any reference in the Plan to  Compensation is a reference to the definition
in this Section 1.07, unless the Plan reference, or the Employer in its Adoption
Agreement,  modifies  this  definition.  The Plan  Administrator  will take into
account only Compensation  actually paid during (or as permitted under the Code,
paid for) the relevant period. A Compensation payment includes Compensation paid
by the Employer through another person under the common paymaster  provisions in
Code  ss.ss.3121  and 3306.  Compensation,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the
Adoption  Agreement,  does  not  include  any  form of  remuneration  (including
severance pay and vacation pay) paid to the  Participant  after the  Participant
incurs a Separation from Service.

(A) W-2  Wages.  W-2  wages  means  wages for  federal  income  tax  withholding
purposes,  as  defined  under Code  ss.3401(a),  plus all other  payments  to an
Employee  in the  course  of the  Employer's  trade or  business,  for which the
Employer must furnish the Employee a written  statement  under Code  ss.ss.6041,
6051 and  6052,  but  determined  without  regard to any  rules  that  limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
or services  performed  (such as the  exception for  agricultural  labor in Code
ss.3401(a)(2)).

(B) Code ss.3401(a)  Wages. Code ss.3401(a) wages means wages within the meaning
of Code ss.3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source, but
determined  without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration  included in
wages based on the nature or the  location  of the  employment  or the  services
performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code  ss.3401(a)(2)).
(C)  Code  ss.415  Compensation   (current  income   definition).   Code  ss.415
compensation means the Employee's wages, salaries, fees for professional service
and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course
of  employment  with the  Employer  maintaining  the Plan to the extent that the
amounts  are  includible  in  gross  income  (including,  but  not  limited  to,
commissions  paid  salespersons,  compensation  for  services  on the basis of a
percentage of profits,  commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
benefits and  reimbursements or other expense  allowances under a nonaccountable
plan as described in Treas. Reg. ss.1.62-2(c)).

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 1


Code ss.415 compensation does not include:

     (a) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent
     the  contributions are not included in the gross income of the Employee for
     the taxable year in which contributed,  Employer contributions on behalf of
     an  Employee  to a  Simplified  Employee  Pension  Plan to the extent  such
     contributions  are  excludible  from the Employee's  gross income,  and any
     distributions from a plan of deferred  compensation,  regardless of whether
     such  amounts  are  includible  in the gross  income of the  Employee  when
     distributed.

     (b) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified  stock option, or
     when  restricted  stock (or property)  held by an Employee  either  becomes
     freely  transferable  or is no  longer  subject  to a  substantial  risk of
     forfeiture.

     (c) Amounts realized from the sale,  exchange or other disposition of stock
     acquired under a stock option  described in Part II,  Subchapter D, Chapter
     1, Subtitle A of the Code.

     (d) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits,  such as premiums for
     group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not
     includible in the gross income of the Employee),  or contributions  made by
     an Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction  agreement) toward the
     purchase of an annuity contract described in Code ss.403(b) (whether or not
     the contributions are excludible from the gross income of the Employee).

(D) Elective  Contributions.  Compensation  under Sections 1.07(A),  1.07(B) and
1.07(C)  includes  Elective  Contributions  unless the  Employer in its Adoption
Agreement elects to exclude Elective Contributions. "Elective Contributions" are
amounts  excludible  from the  Employee's  gross  income  under Code  ss.ss.125,
132(f)(4),  402(e)(3),  402(h)(2), 403(b), 408(p) or 457, and contributed by the
Employer,  at  the  Employee's  election,  to  a  cafeteria  plan,  a  qualified
transportation   fringe  benefit  plan,  a  401(k)  arrangement,   a  SARSEP,  a
tax-sheltered annuity, a SIMPLE plan or a Code ss.457 plan.  Notwithstanding the
preceding   sentence,   amounts  described  in  ss.132(f)(4)  are  not  Elective
Contributions until Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, unless the
Plan  Administrator  operationally  has included such amounts effective as of an
earlier Plan Year beginning no earlier than January 1, 1998.

(E) Compensation Dollar Limitation. For any Plan Year, the Plan Administrator in
allocating   contributions  under  Article  III  or  in  testing  the  Plan  for
nondiscrimination,  cannot take into account more than  $150,000 (or such larger
or smaller amount as the  Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe) of any
Participant's  Compensation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee under a
401(k)  arrangement  may make elective  deferrals  with respect to  Compensation
which exceeds the Plan Year  Compensation  limitation,  provided such  deferrals
otherwise satisfy Code ss.402(g) and other applicable limitations.

(F)   Nondiscrimination.   For   purposes  of   determining   whether  the  Plan
discriminates  in favor of  Highly  Compensated  Employees,  Compensation  means
Compensation as defined in this Section 1.07,  except: (1) the Employer annually
may  elect  operationally  to  include  or to  exclude  Elective  Contributions,
irrespective  of the  Employer's  election in its Adoption  Agreement  regarding
Elective  Contributions;  and (2) the  Plan  Administrator  will  disregard  any
elections made in the  "modifications  to  Compensation  definition"  section of
Adoption Agreement Section 1.07. The Employer's election described in clause (1)
must be  consistent  and uniform with respect to all  Employees and all plans of
the Employer for any particular Plan Year. The Employer,  irrespective of clause
(2), may elect to exclude from this nondiscrimination definition of Compensation
any items of  Compensation  excludible  under Code  ss.414(s) and the applicable
Treasury  regulations,   provided  such  adjusted  definition  conforms  to  the
nondiscrimination   requirements   of  those   regulations.   Furthermore,   for
nondiscrimination  purposes,  including the computation of an Employee's  actual
deferral percentage ("ADP") or actual contribution  percentage ("ACP"), the Plan
Administrator may limit Compensation taken into account to Compensation received
only for the portion of the Plan Year in which the  Employee  was a  Participant
and  only for the  portion  of the Plan  Year in  which  the Plan or the  401(k)
arrangement was in effect.

     1.08  "Disability"  means the Participant,  because of a physical or mental
disability,  will be unable to perform the duties of his/her customary  position
of employment (or is unable to engage in any substantial  gainful  activity) for
an  indefinite  period which the Plan  Administrator  considers  will be of long
continued  duration.  A  Participant  also is  disabled  if  he/she  incurs  the
permanent  loss  or loss of use of a  member  or  function  of the  body,  or is
permanently  disfigured,  and incurs a Separation from Service. A Participant is
disabled on the date the Plan Administrator determines the Participant satisfies
the definition of Disability.  The Plan  Administrator may require a Participant
to submit to a physical  examination  in order to confirm  Disability.  The Plan
Administrator   will  apply  the   provisions   of  this   Section   1.08  in  a
nondiscriminatory,  consistent and uniform  manner.  The Employer may provide an
alternative definition of Disability in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement.

     1.09  "Earned Income" means net earnings from  self-employment in the trade
or  business  with  respect  to which the  Employer  has  established  the Plan,
provided personal services of the Self-Employed Individual are a material income
producing  factor.  The Plan  Administrator  will determine net earnings without
regard to items excluded from gross income and the deductions allocable to those
items.  The Plan  Administrator  will determine net earnings after the deduction
allowed  to the  Self-Employed  Individual  for  all  contributions  made by the
Employer  to  a  qualified   plan  and  after  the  deduction   allowed  to  the
Self-Employed Individual under Code ss.164(f) for self-employment taxes.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 2



     1.10  "Effective  Date" of this Plan is the date  specified in the Adoption
Agreement  unless  otherwise for a specified  purpose provided within this basic
plan  document or within (as part of the  Adoption  Agreement)  a  Participation
Agreement, an Addendum, or within Appendices A or B.

     1.11 "Employee"  means any common law employee,  Self-Employed  Individual,
Leased  Employee or other  person the Code treats as an employee of the Employer
for  purposes of the  Employer's  qualified  plan.  The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement  must  elect or  specify  any  Employee,  or class of  Employees,  not
eligible to participate in the Plan (an "excluded Employee").

(A)  Collective  Bargaining  Employees.  If the Employer  elects in its Adoption
Agreement  to  exclude  collective  bargaining  Employees  from  eligibility  to
participate,  the  exclusion  applies  to any  Employee  included  in a unit  of
Employees  covered by an  agreement  which the  Secretary of Labor finds to be a
collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more
employers,   if:  (1)  retirement  benefits  were  the  subject  of  good  faith
bargaining;  and  (2)  two  percent  or less  of the  employees  covered  by the
agreement are  "professionals" as defined in Treas. Reg.  ss.1.410(b)-9,  unless
the collective  bargaining agreement requires the Employee to be included within
the Plan. The term "employee  representatives" does not include any organization
more than half the members of which are owners,  officers,  or executives of the
Employer.

(B)  Nonresident  Aliens.  If the Employer  elects in its Adoption  Agreement to
exclude  nonresident  aliens from  eligibility  to  participate,  the  exclusion
applies  to any  nonresident  alien  Employee  who does not  receive  any earned
income,  as defined in Code  ss.911(d)(2),  from the Employer which  constitutes
United States source income, as defined in Code ss.861(a)(3).

(C)  Reclassified Employees. If the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to
exclude  reclassified  Employees from eligibility to participate,  the exclusion
applies to any person the Employer does not treat as an Employee (including, but
not limited to,  independent  contractors,  persons the Employer pays outside of
its payroll system and  out-sourced  workers) for federal income tax withholding
purposes under Code  ss.3401(a),  but for whom there is a binding  determination
the individual is an Employee or a Leased Employee of the Employer.

     1.12  "Employer"  means each  employer  who  establishes  a Plan under this
Prototype  Plan by  executing an Adoption  Agreement  and includes to the extent
described in Section 1.26 a Related Employer and a Participating  Employer.  The
Employer for purposes of acting as Plan  Administrator,  making Plan amendments,
terminating  the Plan or  performing  other ERISA settlor  functions,  means the
signatory Employer to the Adoption Agreement Execution Page and does not include
any Related Employer or Participating Employer.

     1.13  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, and includes applicable Department of Labor regulations.

     1.14  "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Employee who:

     (a) during the Plan Year or during the preceding  Plan Year, is a more than
     5% owner of the Employer (applying the constructive ownership rules of Code
     ss.318,  and applying the principles of Code ss.318,  for an unincorporated
     entity); or

     (b) during the preceding  Plan Year had  Compensation  in excess of $80,000
     (as adjusted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for the relevant year)
     and, if the Employer under its Adoption Agreement  Appendices A or B, makes
     the  top-paid  group  election,  was  part of the  top-paid  20%  group  of
     Employees (based on Compensation for the preceding Plan Year).

     For purposes of this Section 1.14,  "Compensation"  means  Compensation  as
defined in Section 1.07,  except any exclusions from  Compensation  the Employer
elects  in  Adoption  Agreement  Section  1.07 do not  apply,  and  Compensation
specifically includes Elective  Contributions.  The Plan Administrator must make
the  determination  of who  is a  Highly  Compensated  Employee,  including  the
determinations of the number and identity of the top-paid 20% group,  consistent
with Code ss.414(q) and regulations issued under that Code section. The Employer
in its  Adoption  Agreement  Appendices  A or B may make a  calendar  year  data
election to determine  the Highly  Compensated  Employees  for the Plan Year, as
prescribed  by  Treasury  regulations  or by  other  guidance  published  in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin. A calendar year data election must apply to all plans
of the Employer which reference the highly  compensated  employee  definition in
Code  ss.414(q).  For purposes of this Section 1.14, if the current Plan Year is
the first  year of the  Plan,  then the term  "preceding  Plan  Year"  means the
12-consecutive month period immediately preceding the current Plan Year.

     1.15  "Hour of Service" means:

     (a) Each Hour of  Service  for  which  the  Employer,  either  directly  or
     indirectly,  pays an  Employee,  or for which the  Employee  is entitled to
     payment,  for the  performance of duties.  The Plan  Administrator  credits
     Hours  of  Service  under  this  Paragraph  (a) to  the  Employee  for  the
     computation period in which the Employee performs the duties,  irrespective
     of when paid;

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 3


     (b) Each  Hour of  Service  for back pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of
     damages,  to which the  Employer  has agreed or for which the  Employee has
     received an award.  The Plan  Administrator  credits Hours of Service under
     this Paragraph (b) to the Employee for the  computation  period(s) to which
     the award or the agreement  pertains rather than for the computation period
     in which the award, agreement or payment is made; and

     (c) Each Hour of  Service  for  which  the  Employer,  either  directly  or
     indirectly,  pays an  Employee,  or for which the  Employee  is entitled to
     payment   (irrespective   of  whether  the   employment   relationship   is
     terminated),  for reasons other than for the performance of duties during a
     computation  period,  such as leave of  absence,  vacation,  holiday,  sick
     leave,  illness,  incapacity (including  disability),  layoff, jury duty or
     military duty. The Plan Administrator will credit no more than 501 Hours of
     Service  under this  Paragraph  (c) to an Employee on account of any single
     continuous  period  during which the  Employee  does not perform any duties
     (whether or not such period occurs during a single computation period). The
     Plan  Administrator  credits Hours of Service  under this  Paragraph (c) in
     accordance  with  the  rules  of  paragraphs  (b)  and  (c) of  Labor  Reg.
     ss.2530.200b-2,   which  the   Plan,   by  this   reference,   specifically
     incorporates in full within this Paragraph (c).

     The Plan  Administrator  will not credit an Hour of Service under more than
one of the above  Paragraphs (a), (b) or (c). A computation  period for purposes
of this Section 1.15 is the Plan Year, Year of Service period,  Break in Service
period or other  period,  as determined  under the Plan  provision for which the
Plan  Administrator  is  measuring  an  Employee's  Hours of  Service.  The Plan
Administrator  will resolve any  ambiguity  with respect to the  crediting of an
Hour of Service in favor of the Employee.

(A)  Method of  Crediting  Hours of  Service.  The  Employer  must  elect in its
Adoption  Agreement the method the Plan  Administrator  will use in crediting an
Employee with Hours of Service and the purpose for which the elected method will
apply.

(B)  Actual  Method.  Under the Actual  Method as determined  from  records,  an
Employee  receives  credit for Hours of Service  for hours  worked and hours for
which the Employer makes payment or for which payment is due from the Employer.

(C)  Equivalency  Method.   Under an  Equivalency Method,  for each  equivalency
period for which the Plan Administrator  would credit the Employee with at least
one Hour of Service,  the Plan  Administrator will credit the Employee with: (i)
10 Hours of Service  for a daily  equivalency;  (ii) 45 Hours of  Service  for a
weekly  equivalency;  (iii) 95 Hours of Service for a semimonthly payroll period
equivalency; and (iv) 190 Hours of Service for a monthly equivalency.

(D)  Elapsed Time Method.  Under the Elapsed Time Method,  an Employee  receives
credit for Service for the  aggregate  of all time  periods  (regardless  of the
Employee's  actual Hours of Service)  commencing with the Employee's  Employment
Commencement Date, or with his/her Reemployment Commencement Date, and ending on
the date a Break in Service begins. An Employee's  Employment  Commencement Date
or  his/her  Re-employment  Commencement  Date  begins on the  first day  he/she
performs an Hour of Service following  employment or re-employment.  In applying
the Elapsed  Time  Method,  the Plan  Administrator  will  credit an  Employee's
Service for any Period of Severance of less than 12-consecutive  months and will
express fractional periods of Service in days.

     Under the Elapsed Time Method,  a Break in Service is a Period of Severance
of at least 12 consecutive  months. A Period of Severance is a continuous period
of  time  during  which  the  Employee  is not  employed  by the  Employer.  The
continuous period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits, is discharged,
or dies or if earlier,  the first 12-month  anniversary of the date on which the
Employee  otherwise  is absent  from  Service  for any other  reason  (including
disability,  vacation,  leave  of  absence,  layoff,  etc.).  In the  case of an
Employee  who is absent  from  work for  maternity  or  paternity  reasons,  the
12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date
the  Employee is otherwise  absent from  Service does not  constitute a Break in
Service.

(E)  Maternity/Paternity Leave/Family and Medical Leave Act. Solely for purposes
of determining whether an Employee incurs a Break in Service under any provision
of this Plan,  the Plan  Administrator  must credit Hours of Service  during the
Employee's  unpaid absence period:  (i) due to maternity or paternity  leave; or
(ii) as  required  under the Family and  Medical  Leave Act.  An  Employee is on
maternity or paternity leave if the Employee's  absence is due to the Employee's
pregnancy, the birth of the Employee's child, the placement with the Employee of
an adopted child, or the care of the Employee's child immediately  following the
child's  birth or  placement.  The Plan  Administrator  credits Hours of Service
under this  Section  1.15(E) on the basis of the number of Hours of Service  for
which the Employee  normally would receive credit or, if the Plan  Administrator
cannot  determine  the number of Hours of Service  the  Employee  would  receive
credit for, on the basis of 8 hours per day during the absence period.  The Plan
Administrator  will  credit  only the  number  (not  exceeding  501) of Hours of
Service  necessary  to  prevent  an  Employee's  Break  in  Service.   The  Plan
Administrator  credits all Hours of Service described in this Section 1.15(E) to
the  computation  period in which the absence  period begins or, if the Employee
does not need  these  Hours of  Service  to  prevent a Break in  Service  in the
computation   period  in  which  his/her   absence  period   begins,   the  Plan
Administrator  credits  these  Hours of  Service  to the  immediately  following
computation period.

(F)  Qualified Military  Service.  Hour of Service also includes any Service the
Plan  must  credit  for  contributions  and  benefits  in order to  satisfy  the
crediting of Service  requirements  of Code  ss.414(u).  The  provisions of this
Section 1.15(F) apply beginning  December 12, 1994, or if the Employer's Plan is
effective after that date, as of the Plan's Effective Date.

     1.16  "Leased  Employee"  means  an  individual  (who  otherwise  is not an
Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and
any other person,  has performed  services for the Employer (or for the Employer
and any persons related to the Employer within the meaning of Code ss.144(a)(3))
on a  substantially  full time basis for at least one year and who performs such
services under primary  direction or control of the Employer  within the meaning
of Code ss.414(n)(2).  Except as described in Section 1.16(A), a Leased Employee
is an Employee  for purposes of the Plan.  If a Leased  Employee is an Employee,
"Compensation"  includes  Compensation  from the leasing  organization  which is
attributable  to  services  performed  for the  Employer.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 4


(A)  Safe  Harbor  Plan  Exception.  A Leased Employee is not an Employee if the
leasing  organization  covers the  employee in a safe harbor plan and,  prior to
application  of this safe harbor plan  exception,  20% or less of the Employer's
Employees (other than Highly Compensated Employees) are Leased Employees. A safe
harbor plan is a money purchase pension plan providing immediate  participation,
full and immediate vesting, and a nonintegrated contribution formula equal to at
least 10% of the  employee's  compensation,  without regard to employment by the
leasing  organization  on a specified  date. The safe harbor plan must determine
the  10%   contribution  on  the  basis  of  compensation  as  defined  in  Code
ss.415(c)(3) including Elective Contributions.

(B)  Other Requirements.  The Plan Administrator must apply this Section 1.16 in
a manner consistent with Code ss.ss.414(n) and 414(o) and the regulations issued
under those Code sections.  If a Participant is a Leased  Employee  covered by a
plan  maintained  by the  leasing  organization,  the  Plan  Administrator  will
determine the allocation of Employer  contributions and Participant  forfeitures
on behalf of the  Participant  under the  Employer's  Plan  without  taking into
account  the  Leased   Employee's   allocation,   if  any,   under  the  leasing
organization's plan.

     1.17  "Nonhighly  Compensated  Employee"  means any  Employee  who is not a
Highly Compensated Employee.

     1.18  "Nontransferable  Annuity"  means  an annuity  contract  which by its
terms  provides  that it may  not be  sold,  assigned,  discounted,  pledged  as
collateral  for a loan or security for the  performance  of an obligation or for
any  purpose  to any  person  other  than  the  insurance  company.  If the Plan
distributes an annuity contract, the contract must be a Nontransferable Annuity.

     1.19  "Paired  Plans" means the Employer has adopted two  Standardized Plan
Adoption  Agreements  offered with this Prototype  Plan, one Adoption  Agreement
being a Paired  Profit  Sharing Plan and one Adoption  Agreement  being a Paired
Pension Plan. A Paired Profit Sharing Plan may include a 401(k)  arrangement.  A
Paired Pension Plan must be a money purchase pension plan,  defined benefit plan
or a  target  benefit  pension  plan.  Paired  Plans  must be the  subject  of a
favorable  opinion letter issued by the National Office of the Internal  Revenue
Service.  If an Employer adopts paired plans,  only one of the plans may provide
for permitted disparity.

     1.20  "Participant" means an eligible Employee who becomes a Participant in
accordance  with the  provisions of Section 2.01. An eligible  Employee means an
Employee who is not an excluded Employee under Adoption Agreement Section 1.11.

     1.21  "Plan"  means the retirement  plan  established  or  continued by the
Employer in the form of this Prototype  Plan,  including the Adoption  Agreement
under which the Employer has elected to establish  this Plan.  The Employer must
designate  the name of the  Plan in its  Adoption  Agreement.  An  Employer  may
execute more than one Adoption  Agreement offered under this Plan, each of which
will  constitute  a separate  Plan and Trust  established  or  continued by that
Employer. The Plan and the Trust created by each adopting Employer is a separate
Plan and a separate Trust,  independent from the plan and the trust of any other
employer adopting this Prototype Plan. All section  references within this basic
plan document are Plan section  references  unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise.  The Plan  includes any  Addendum or Appendix  permitted by the basic
plan  document or by the  Employer's  Adoption  Agreement and which the Employer
attaches to its  Adoption  Agreement.  An Addendum  must  correspond  by section
reference  to the  section  of the basic plan  document  or  Adoption  Agreement
permitting the Addendum.

     1.22  "Plan  Administrator"  means   the  Employer   unless  the   Employer
designates another person or persons to hold the position of Plan Administrator.
Any  person(s)  the Employer  appoints as Plan  Administrator  may or may not be
Participants   in  the  Plan.  In  addition  to  its  other  duties,   the  Plan
Administrator  has  full  responsibility  for the  Plan's  compliance  with  the
reporting and disclosure rules under ERISA.

     1.23  "Plan Entry Date" means the date(s) the  Employer  elects in Adoption
Agreement Section 2.01.

     1.24  "Plan Year" means the consecutive month period the Employer specifies
in its  Adoption  Agreement.  The  Employer  also must  specify in its  Adoption
Agreement the  "Limitation  Year"  applicable to the  limitations on allocations
described in Article III. If the Employer maintains Paired Plans, each Plan must
have the same Plan Year.

     1.25  "Protected Benefit"  means any accrued  benefit  described  in Treas.
Reg.  ss.1.411(d)-4,  including any optional form of benefit  provided under the
Plan which may not  (except in  accordance  with such  Regulations)  be reduced,
eliminated or made subject to Employer discretion.

1.26 "Related Group"/"Related Employer" A Related Group is a controlled group of
corporations  (as defined in Code ss.414(b)),  trades or businesses  (whether or
not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code ss.414(c)),
an  affiliated  service group (as defined in Code  ss.414(m)) or an  arrangement
otherwise described in Code ss.414(o). Each Employer/member of the Related Group
is a Related Employer.  The term "Employer"  includes every Related Employer for
purposes of crediting Service and Hours of Service, determining Years of Service
and Breaks in Service  under  Articles  II and V,  determining  Separation  from
Service,  applying  the  Coverage  Test  under  Section  3.06(E),  applying  the
limitations  on  allocations  in Part 2 of Article III,  applying the  top-heavy
rules and the minimum  allocation  requirements  of Article  XII,  applying  the
definitions of Employee,  Highly Compensated  Employee,  Compensation and Leased
Employee,  applying  the safe  harbor  401(k)  provisions  of Section  14.02(D),
applying  the SIMPLE  401(k)  provisions  of Section  14.02(E) and for any other
purpose the Code or the Plan require.

(A)  Participating  Employer.  An Employer may  contribute to  the Plan  only by
being a  signatory  to the  Execution  Page of the  Adoption  Agreement  or to a
Participation  Agreement  to  the  Adoption  Agreement.  If a  Related  Employer
executes a  Participation  Agreement  to the  Adoption  Agreement,  the  Related
Employer is a Participating  Employer.  A Participating  Employer is an Employer
for all purposes of the Plan except as provided in Section 1.12.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 5


(B)  Standardized/Nonstandardized Plan. If the Employer's Plan is a Standardized
Plan, all Employees of the Employer or of any Related Employer,  are eligible to
participate in the Plan,  irrespective of whether the Related Employer  directly
employing  the  Employee  is  a  Participating  Employer.   Notwithstanding  the
immediately  preceding  sentence,  individuals who become Employees of a Related
Employer as a result of a transaction  described in Code ss.410(b)(6)(C) are not
eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan  during  the  Plan  Year in  which  such
transaction  occurs nor in the following Plan Year,  unless the Related Employer
which  employs  such  Employees  becomes  during  such  period  a  Participating
Employer, by executing a Participation  Agreement to the Adoption Agreement.  If
the Plan is a Nonstandardized  Plan, the Employees of a Related Employer are not
eligible  to  participate  in  the  Plan  unless  the  Related   Employer  is  a
Participating Employer.

     1.27  "Self-Employed  Individual"/   "OwnerEmployee"/"Shareholder-Employee"
"Self-Employed  Individual"  means an  individual  who has Earned Income (or who
would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business did not
have net  profits) for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the
Plan is established.  "Owner-Employee"  means a Self-Employed  Individual who is
the sole proprietor in the case of a sole  proprietorship.  If the Employer is a
partnership,  or a limited  liability  company  taxed  for  federal  income  tax
purposes as a partnership, "Owner-Employee" means a Self-Employed Individual who
is a partner  or member  and owns more  than 10% of either  the  capital  or the
profits  interest  of the  partnership  or of  the  limited  liability  company.
"Shareholder-Employee"  means an employee or officer of an "S"  corporation  who
owns (or is  considered as owning under Code  ss.318(a)(1))  more than 5% of the
outstanding  stock of the  corporation on any day of the  corporation's  taxable
year.

     1.28  "Separation  from Service" means an event after which the Employee no
longer has an employment relationship with the Employer maintaining this Plan or
with a Related Employer.

     1.29  "Service"  means any period of time the  Employee is in the employ of
the Employer, including any period the Employee is on an unpaid leave of absence
authorized by the Employer under a uniform,  nondiscriminatory policy applicable
to all Employees.

     1.30  "Service with a  Predecessor Employer" If the Employer  maintains the
plan of a predecessor  employer,  service of the Employee  with the  predecessor
employer is Service with the  Employer.  If the  Employer  does not maintain the
plan of a  predecessor  employer,  the Plan  does not  credit  service  with the
predecessor  employer,  unless the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement  (or in a
Participation  Agreement, if applicable) elects to credit designated predecessor
employer  service  and  specifies  the  purposes  for which the Plan will credit
service with that predecessor employer.

     Unless the Employer under its Adoption  Agreement Section 2.01 provides for
this purpose  specific  Plan Entry Dates,  an Employee who  satisfies the Plan's
eligibility  condition(s) by reason of the crediting of predecessor service will
enter the Plan in  accordance  with the  provisions  of  Section  2.04 as if the
Employee  were a  re-employed  Employee  on  the  first  day  the  Plan  credits
predecessor service.

     1.31  "Trust" means the separate Trust created under the Plan.

     1.32  "Trust Fund"  means all property of  every kind acquired  by the Plan
and held by the Trust, other than incidental benefit insurance contracts.

     1.33  "Trustee"  means the person or persons  who as  Trustee  execute  the
Adoption  Agreement,  or any  successor  in office  who in writing  accepts  the
position of Trustee.  The Employer  must  designate  in its  Adoption  Agreement
whether the Trustee will administer the Trust as a discretionary Trustee or as a
nondiscretionary  Trustee.  If a person  acts as a  discretionary  Trustee,  the
Employer  also may appoint a  Custodian.  See Article X. If the  Prototype  Plan
Sponsor is a bank,  savings and loan  association,  credit  union,  mutual fund,
insurance company, or other institution  qualified to serve as Trustee, a person
other  than the  Prototype  Plan  Sponsor  (or its  affiliate)  may not serve as
Trustee or as Custodian of the Plan without the written consent of the Prototype
Plan Sponsor.

     1.34  "Vested" means a Participant  or a Beneficiary  has an  unconditional
claim,  legally  enforceable  against  the Plan,  to the  Participant's  Account
Balance or Accrued Benefit.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 6



                                   ARTICLE II
                          ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     2.01  ELIGIBILITY. Each eligible Employee becomes a Participant in the Plan
in  accordance  with the  eligibility  provisions  the  Employer  elects  in its
Adoption  Agreement.  If this Plan is a restated  Plan,  each Employee who was a
Participant in the Plan on the day before the restated  Effective Date continues
as a Participant in the restated Plan,  irrespective of whether he/she satisfies
the eligibility  conditions of the restated Plan,  unless the Employer  provides
otherwise in its Adoption  Agreement.  If the Employer  contributes  to the Plan
under a Davis-Bacon  contract,  except as the contract provides,  the Employer's
Adoption Agreement elections imposing age and service eligibility  conditions do
not apply with respect to an Employee performing Davis-Bacon contract Service.

     2.02  AGE  AND  SERVICE   CONDITIONS.   For   purposes  of  an   Employee's
participation  in the  Plan,  the  Plan:  (1) may not  impose  an age  condition
exceeding  age 21; and (2) takes into  account  all of the  Employee's  Years of
Service with the Employer, except as provided in Section 2.03. "Year of Service"
for purposes of an Employee's  participation  in the Plan, means a 12consecutive
month  eligibility  computation  period during which the Employee  completes the
number of Hours of Service (not exceeding  1,000) the Employer  specifies in its
Adoption Agreement.

     The  initial  eligibility  computation  period is the first  12-consecutive
month period measured from the Employee's Employment Commencement Date. The Plan
measures  succeeding  12-consecutive  month eligibility  computation  periods in
accordance  with the  Employer's  election  in its  Adoption  Agreement.  If the
Employer elects to measure  subsequent periods on a Plan Year basis, an Employee
who  receives  credit for the  required  number of Hours of  Service  during the
initial eligibility computation period and also during the first applicable Plan
Year  receives  credit for two Years of Service  under  Article II.  "Employment
Commencement  Date" means the date on which the Employee  first performs an Hour
of Service for the Employer.

     If the Employer under Adoption Agreement Section 2.01 elects an alternative
Service  condition to one Year of Service or two Years of Service,  the Employer
must  elect  in the  Adoption  Agreement  the  Hour of  Service  and  any  other
requirement(s),  if any, after the Employee completes one Hour of Service. Under
any alternative Service condition election, the Plan may not require an Employee
to  complete  more  than  one  Year  of  Service  (1,000  Hours  of  Service  in
12-consecutive months) or two Years of Service if applicable.

     If the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement  elects to apply the Equivalency
Method or the Elapsed  Time Method in applying  the Plan's  eligibility  Service
condition,  the Plan  Administrator  will  credit  Service  in  accordance  with
Sections 1.15(D) and (D).

     2.03  BREAK IN  SERVICE -  PARTICIPATION.  An  Employee  incurs a "Break in
Service" if during any  applicable  12-consecutive  month period he/she does not
complete more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer.  The  "12-consecutive
month  period" under this Section 2.03 is the same  12-consecutive  month period
for which the Plan measures a "Year of Service"  under Section 2.02. If the Plan
applies the Elapsed Time Method of crediting  Service under Section  1.15(D),  a
Participant  incurs a "Break  in  Service"  if the  Participant  has a Period of
Severance of at least 12 consecutive months.

(A)  Two Year Eligibility. If the Employer under Adoption Agreement Section 2.01
elects a two Years of Service  condition for eligibility  purposes,  an Employee
who incurs a one year Break in Service prior to completing  two Years of Service
is a new Employee on the date he/she  first  performs an Hour of Service for the
Employer  after  the  Break  in  Service,  and the  Employee  establishes  a new
Employment Commencement Date for purposes of the initial eligibility computation
period under Section 2.02.

(B)  One Year Hold-Out Rule.  The Employer must elect in its Adoption  Agreement
whether to apply the one year  hold-out rule under Code  ss.410(a)(5)(C).  Under
this rule, a Participant  will incur a suspension of  participation  in the Plan
after  incurring  a one  year  Break  in  Service  and  the  Plan  disregards  a
Participant's   Service  completed  prior  to  a  Break  in  Service  until  the
Participant  completes one Year of Service  following the Break in Service.  The
Plan suspends the Participant's participation in the Plan as of the first day of
the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant  incurs the Break
in Service.  If the Participant  completes one Year of Service following his/her
Break in Service,  the Plan restores that  Participant's  pre-Break Service (and
the Participant  resumes active  participation in the Plan) retroactively to the
first day of the computation period in which the Participant first completes one
Year of Service  following  his/her  Break in Service.  The initial  computation
period under this Section  2.03(B) is the  12-consecutive  month period measured
from the date the  Participant  first  receives  credit  for an Hour of  Service
following  the one year  Break in  Service.  The Plan  measures  any  subsequent
computation  periods,  if necessary,  in a manner consistent with the Employer's
eligibility  computation  period election in Adoption Agreement Section 2.02. If
the Employer  elects to apply the one year hold-out rule, the Employer also must
elect in its Adoption Agreement whether to limit application of the rule only to
a Participant who has incurred a Separation from Service.

     The Plan  Administrator  also will  apply  the  oneyear  hold out rule,  if
applicable,  to an Employee who satisfies the Plan's eligibility  conditions but
who incurs a Separation  from  Service and a one year Break in Service  prior to
becoming a Participant.

     This Section 2.03(B) does not affect a  Participant's  vesting credit under
Article V and, during a suspension period,  the Participant's  Account continues
to share fully in Trust Fund allocations under Article IX. Furthermore, the Plan
Administrator  in applying  this  Section  2.03(B)  does not restore any Service
disregarded under the Break in Service rule of Section 2.03(A).

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 7


(C)  No  Application  to  401(k) Arrangement.  If the  Plan  includes  a  401(k)
arrangement  and the  Employer  in its  Adoption  Agreement  elects to apply the
Section  2.03(B) one year hold-out rule, the Plan  Administrator  will apply the
provisions  of Section  2.04 to the deferral  contributions  portion of the Plan
without regard to Section 2.03(B).

(D)  No Rule of Parity - Participation.  For purposes of Plan participation, the
Plan does not apply the "rule of parity" under Code ss.410(a)(5)(D).

     2.04  PARTICIPATION  UPON   RE-EMPLOYMENT.   A  Participant  who  incurs  a
Separation  from Service will re-enter the Plan as a Participant  on the date of
his/her re-employment with the Employer,  subject to the one year hold-out rule,
if  applicable,  under  Section  2.03(B).  An Employee who  satisfies the Plan's
eligibility  conditions  but who  incurs  a  Separation  from  Service  prior to
becoming a Participant  will become a Participant on the later of the Plan Entry
Date on which  he/she  would have  entered  the Plan had  he/she not  incurred a
Separation from Service or the date of his/her re-employment, subject to the one
year hold-out  rule, if  applicable,  under  Section  2.03(B).  Any Employee who
incurs a Separation  from Service  prior to  satisfying  the Plan's  eligibility
conditions  becomes a Participant in accordance with Adoption  Agreement Section
2.01.

     2.05  CHANGE IN EMPLOYMENT STATUS.  The Employer in its Adoption  Agreement
Section  1.11 may elect to exclude  certain  Employees  from Plan  participation
("excluded  Employees").  If a  Participant  has not incurred a Separation  from
Service but becomes an excluded  Employee,  during the period of  exclusion  the
excluded Employee will not share in the allocation of any Employer contributions
or Participant forfeitures,  and may not make deferral contributions if the Plan
includes a 401(k) arrangement, with respect to Compensation paid to the excluded
Employee  during  the  period  of  exclusion.  However,  during  such  period of
exclusion,  the  Participant,   without  regard  to  employment  classification,
continues to receive  credit for vesting  under Article V for each included Year
of Service and the Participant's  Account continues to share fully in Trust Fund
allocations  under Article IX. If a Participant who becomes an excluded Employee
subsequently  resumes  status as an  eligible  Employee,  the  Participant  will
participate in the Plan  immediately upon resuming  eligible status,  subject to
the one year hold-out rule, if applicable, under Section 2.03(B).

     If an  excluded  Employee  who is not a  Participant  becomes  an  eligible
Employee,  he/she  will  participate  immediately  in the  Plan  if  he/she  has
satisfied  the  eligibility  conditions of Adoption  Agreement  Section 2.01 and
would have been a Participant  had he/she not been an excluded  Employee  during
his/her period of Service.  Furthermore,  the excluded  Employee receives credit
for  vesting  under  Article  V  for  each  included  vesting  Year  of  Service
notwithstanding the Employee's excluded Employee status.

     2.06  ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE.  If the Plan is a Standardized Plan, the
Plan does not permit an otherwise eligible Employee nor any Participant to elect
not to participate  in the Plan  ("opt-out").  If the Plan is a  Nonstandardized
Plan,  the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement  must elect  whether any eligible
Employee may elect  irrevocably  to opt-out.  The Employee prior to his/her Plan
Entry Date must file an opt-out election in writing with the Plan  Administrator
on a form provided by the Plan Administrator for this purpose.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 8




                                   ARTICLE III
                     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

Part 1.  Amount of Employer Contributions  and Plan  Allocations:  Sections 3.01
through 3.06

     3.01  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

(A)  Amount and Types of  Contribution.  The Employer in its  Adoption Agreement
will elect the amount and type(s) of Employer Plan contribution(s). The Employer
will not make a  contribution  to the Trust for any Plan Year to the  extent the
contribution would exceed the Participants' Maximum Permissible Amounts.  Unless
otherwise provided in an Addendum to its Adoption  Agreement,  the Employer need
not have net profits to make a  contribution  under the Plan. If the  Employer's
Plan is a money purchase  pension plan and the Employer also maintains a defined
benefit pension plan, notwithstanding the money purchase pension plan formula in
the Employer's Adoption Agreement,  the Employer's required  contribution to its
money  purchase  pension plan for a Plan Year is limited to the amount which the
Employer  may  deduct  under  Code  ss.404(a)(7).  If the  Employer  under  Code
ss.404(a)(7) must reduce its money purchase pension plan contribution,  the Plan
Administrator will reduce each Participant's allocation in the same ratio as the
reduced total Employer  contribution bears to the original  (unreduced) Employer
contribution.

(B)  Form  of  Contribution/Related  Employer.  Subject  to the  consent  of the
Trustee,  the Employer may make its  contribution  in property  instead of cash,
provided the contribution of property is not a prohibited  transaction under the
Code or under  ERISA.  Unless the  Employer in its  Adoption  Agreement  makes a
contrary   election,   the  Plan   Administrator   will  allocate  all  Employer
contributions  and  forfeitures  without  regard to which  contributing  Related
Employer directly employs the affected Participants.

(C)  Time of Payment of Contribution.  The Employer may pay its contribution for
any Plan Year in one or more  installments  without  interest.  Unless otherwise
required  by  contract,  by the  Code or by  ERISA,  the  Employer  may make its
contribution  to the Plan for a  particular  Plan  Year at such  time(s)  as the
Employer in its sole discretion determines. If the Employer makes a contribution
for a particular  Plan Year after the close of that Plan Year, the Employer will
designate  in writing to the  Trustee  the Plan Year for which the  Employer  is
making its contribution.

(D)  Return of Employer Contribution.  The Employer contributes  to the Plan  on
the condition its  contribution is not due to a mistake of fact and the Internal
Revenue Service will not disallow the deduction of the Employer's  contribution.
The Trustee, upon written request from the Employer, must return to the Employer
the amount of the  Employer's  contribution  made by the  Employer by mistake of
fact or the amount of the  Employer's  contribution  disallowed  as a  deduction
under Code  ss.404.  The Trustee  will not return any portion of the  Employer's
contribution  under the  provisions  of this Section  3.01(D) more than one year
after:

     (1) The Employer made the contribution by mistake of fact; or

     (2) The disallowance of the contribution as a deduction,  and then, only to
the extent of the disallowance.

     The  Trustee  will not  increase  the amount of the  Employer  contribution
returnable  under this  Section  3.01(D) for any  earnings  attributable  to the
contribution, but the Trustee will decrease the Employer contribution returnable
for any losses  attributable  to the  contribution.  The Trustee may require the
Employer to furnish the Trustee whatever evidence the Trustee deems necessary to
enable the Trustee to confirm the amount the Employer has requested be returned,
is properly returnable under ERISA.

     3.02  DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS.  If the Plan  includes a  401(k) arrangement,
the  Employer in its  Adoption  Agreement  must elect the Plan  limitations  and
restrictions,  if any,  which  apply  to  deferral  contributions  or to cash or
deferred  contributions,  if applicable.  Under Adoption Agreement Section 3.02,
for  purposes of applying  any Plan limit the  Employer  has elected on deferral
contributions,  the  Employer  must elect to take into  account  the  Employee's
entire Plan Year  Compensation  or to limit  Compensation  to the portion of the
Plan Year in which the Employee actually is a Participant.

     3.03  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  If the Plan includes  a 401(k)  arrangement,
the  Employer  in its  Adoption  Agreement  must elect the  type(s) of  matching
contributions,  the time period applicable to any matching contribution formula,
and as applicable, the amount of matching contributions and the Plan limitations
and restrictions, if any, which apply to matching contributions.

     3.04  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION.

(A) Method of Allocation.  The Employer in its Adoption  Agreement must specify,
subject to this Section 3.04, the manner of allocating Employer contributions to
the Trust. For purposes of this Section 3.04, Employer  contributions include as
applicable, the Employer's nonelective contributions, money purchase pension and
target benefit  contributions,  but do not include  deferral  contributions  or,
except under Section 3.04(B), matching contributions.

(B)  Compensation  Taken into  Account.  The Employer in its Adoption  Agreement
Section 1.07 must specify the  Compensation  the Plan  Administrator  is to take
into account in allocating an Employer contribution to a Participant's  Account.
For the Plan Year in which the Employee  first becomes a Participant in the Plan
(or in any portion of the Plan), the Employer may elect to take into account the
Employee's entire Plan Year Compensation or to limit Compensation to the portion
of the Plan Year in which the Employee actually is a Participant.  For all other
Plan Years, the Plan  Administrator will take into account only the Compensation
determined for the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee  actually is a
Participant. The Plan Administrator must take into account the Employee's entire
Compensation  for the Plan Year to  determine  whether  the Plan  satisfies  the
top-heavy minimum allocation  requirements of Article XII. The Employer,  in its
Adoption  Agreement,  may  elect to  measure  Compensation  for  allocating  its
Employer  contribution  for a Plan Year on the basis of a specified period other
than the Plan Year.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 9


(C)  Top-Heavy  Minimum  Allocation.  Unless the  Employer in an Addendum to its
Adoption   Agreement  elects  to  satisfy  any  top-heavy   minimum   allocation
requirement in another plan (not maintained under this basic plan document), the
Employer in this Plan must satisfy the top-heavy requirements of Article XII.

(D)  Allocation Conditions. Subject to any restoration allocation required under
the Plan, the Plan Administrator will allocate and credit Employer contributions
to the Account of each  Participant  who satisfies the allocation  conditions of
Section 3.06.

(E)  Alternative  Allocation  Formulas.  The Plan  Administrator  will  allocate
Employer  contributions  for  the  Plan  Year  or  other  applicable  period  in
accordance  with the  allocation  formula the  Employer  elects in its  Adoption
Agreement.  The Plan  Administrator,  in allocating under any allocation formula
which is based in whole or in part on Compensation,  only will take into account
Compensation of those Participants entitled to an allocation.

The Employer in its Adoption  Agreement must elect, one or more as applicable of
the following allocation formulas:

     (1) Nonintegrated  (pro rata) allocation  formula.  The Plan  Administrator
     will allocate the Employer  contributions for a Plan Year in the same ratio
     that each  Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
     Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

     (2) Two-tiered  permitted  disparity  allocation  formula.  Under the first
     tier, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer contributions for a
     Plan Year in the same  ratio  that  each  Participant's  Compensation  plus
     Excess Compensation (as defined in Adoption Agreement Section 3.04) for the
     Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation plus Excess  Compensation of all
     Participants  for the Plan Year. The allocation under this first tier, as a
     percentage of each  Participant's  Compensation  plus Excess  Compensation,
     must not exceed the applicable percentage (5.7%, 5.4% or 4.3%) listed under
     Section 3.04(D)(4).

     Under the second tier, the Plan  Administrator  will allocate any remaining
     Employer  contributions  for a  Plan  Year  in the  same  ratio  that  each
     Participant's   Compensation   for  the  Plan  Year   bears  to  the  total
     Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

     (3) Four-tiered  permitted disparity  allocation  formula.  Under the first
     tier, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer contributions for a
     Plan Year in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Compensation  for the
     Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation of all Participants for the Plan
     Year, but not exceeding 3% of each Participant's  Compensation.  Solely for
     purposes of this first tier allocation,  a "Participant" means, in addition
     to any Participant who satisfies the allocation  conditions of Section 3.06
     for the Plan Year, any other  Participant  entitled to a top-heavy  minimum
     allocation under the Plan.

Under the  second  tier,  the Plan  Administrator  will  allocate  the  Employer
contributions for a Plan Year in the same ratio that each  Participant's  Excess
Compensation (as defined in Adoption  Agreement  Section 3.04) for the Plan Year
bears to the total Excess  Compensation of all  Participants  for the Plan Year,
but not exceeding 3% of each Participant's Excess Compensation.

Under  the  third  tier,  the Plan  Administrator  will  allocate  the  Employer
contributions  for a Plan  Year  in  the  same  ratio  that  each  Participant's
Compensation  plus  Excess  Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears to the total
Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. The
allocation  under  this  third  tier,  as a  percentage  of  each  Participant's
Compensation plus Excess Compensation, must not exceed the applicable percentage
(2.7%, 2.4% or 1.3%) listed under Section 3.04(D)(4).

Under the fourth  tier,  the Plan  Administrator  will  allocate  any  remaining
Employer   contributions   for  a  Plan  Year,  in  the  same  ratio  that  each
Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
all Participants for the Plan Year.

(4)  Maximum disparity table. For purposes of the permitted disparity allocation
formulas under this Section 3.04, the applicable percentage is:

              Integration level %       Applicable % for    Applicable % for
              of taxable wage base      2-tiered formula    4-tiered formula
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------

           100%                                5.7%                2.7%

           More than 80% but less
           than 100%                           5.4%                2.4%

           More than 20% (but not
           less than $10,001) and
           not more than 80%                   4.3%                1.3%

           20% (or $10,000, if
           greater) or less                    5.7%                2.7%

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 10


(5)  Overall permitted disparity limits.

     (i)  Annual overall  permitted  disparity limit.  Notwithstanding  Sections
          3.04(D)(2)   and  (3),  for  any  Plan  Year  the  Plan  benefits  any
          Participant  who  benefits  under  another  qualified  plan or under a
          simplified  employee  pension  plan  (as  defined  in Code  ss.408(k))
          maintained by the Employer  that provides for permitted  disparity (or
          imputes  disparity),  the Plan  Administrator  will allocate  Employer
          contributions  to the  Account of each  Participant  in the same ratio
          that each  Participant's  Compensation bears to the total Compensation
          of all Participants for the Plan Year.

     (ii) Cumulative  permitted  disparity  limit.   Effective  for  Plan  Years
          beginning after December 31, 1994, the cumulative  permitted disparity
          limit for a Participant  is 35 total  cumulative  permitted  disparity
          years.  "Total cumulative  permitted disparity years" means the number
          of  years  credited  to the  Participant  for  allocation  or  accrual
          purposes  under  the  Plan,  any other  qualified  plan or  simplified
          employee  pension plan (whether or not terminated)  ever maintained by
          the Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant's cumulative
          permitted disparity limit, the Plan Administrator will treat all years
          ending in the same calendar year as the same year. If the  Participant
          has not  benefited  under a  defined  benefit  plan or  under a target
          benefit plan of the Employer for any year beginning after December 31,
          1993, the Participant does not have a cumulative  permitted  disparity
          limit.

     For purposes of this Section 3.04(D)(5), a Participant "benefits" under the
Plan for any Plan Year during which the  Participant  receives,  or is deemed to
receive,   a   contribution   allocation   in   accordance   with  Treas.   Reg.
ss.1.410(b)-3(a).

     (6) Uniform points allocation formula. The Plan Administrator will allocate
     the  Employer  contributions  for a Plan Year in the same  ratio  that each
     Participant's  points (as elected in Adoption  Agreement Section 3.04) bear
     to the total points of all Participants for the Plan Year.

     (7) Incorporation  of contribution  formula.  The Plan  Administrator  will
     allocate the Employer's  contributions  for a Plan Year in accordance  with
     the contribution formula the Employer has elected under Section 3.01.

     (8) Target benefit allocation formula. The Plan Administrator will allocate
     the Employer  contributions  for a Plan Year as provided in the  Employer's
     target benefit Adoption Agreement.

     (9) Davis-Bacon  contract allocation  formula.  The Plan Administrator will
     allocate the Employer  contributions for a Plan Year in accordance with the
     applicable Davis-Bacon contract pursuant to which the Employer has made its
     contributions  for the Plan Year.  The Employer's  contributions  will take
     into  account  each  Participant's   hourly  rate,   employment   category,
     employment  classification and such other factors the Davis-Bacon  contract
     may specify.  For purposes of the Plan,  "Davis-Bacon  contract" includes a
     contract under any state prevailing wage law.


(F)  Qualified  Nonelective   Contributions.   The  Employer  operationally  may
designate  all or any portion of its  nonelective  contributions  as a qualified
nonelective  contribution.  The Employer, to facilitate the Plan Administrator's
correction of test failures under Sections 14.08, 14.09 and 14.10, also may make
qualified  nonelective  contributions  to the Plan  irrespective  of whether the
Employer  in  its  Adoption   Agreement  has  elected  to  provide   nonelective
contributions.  The Employer in its Adoption  Agreement  must elect  whether the
Plan  Administrator  will  allocate the Employer  contributions  designated as a
qualified  nonelective  contribution to all  Participants or solely to Nonhighly
Compensated Employee Participants. The Employer operationally must elect whether
the Plan Administrator will allocate qualified nonelective contributions: (1) to
eligible  Participants  pro rata in  relation to  Compensation;  (2) to eligible
Participants in the same amount without regard to Compensation (flat dollar); or
(3) under the reverse  allocation  or other  similar  method.  Under the reverse
allocation  method,  the Plan  Administrator,  subject  to  Section  3.06,  will
allocate a qualified nonelective contribution first to the Nonhighly Compensated
Employee  Participant(s)  with the  lowest  Compensation  for the Plan  Year not
exceeding  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  for  each  Participant,  with  any
remaining  amounts  allocated  to the next highest  paid  Nonhighly  Compensated
Employee  Participant(s)  not exceeding his/her Maximum  Permissible  Amount and
continuing in this manner until the Plan  Administrator  has fully allocated the
qualified nonelective contribution.

(G)  Qualified Replacement Plan.  The Employer  may establish  or maintain  this
Plan as a qualified  replacement  plan as described in Code ss.4980  under which
the Plan may receive a transfer from a terminating  qualified  plan the Employer
also maintains.  The Plan Administrator will credit the transferred amounts to a
suspense  account  under the Plan and  thereafter  the Plan  Administrator  will
allocate the  transferred  amounts under this Section 3.04(G) in the same manner
as the Plan Administrator allocates Employer nonelective  contributions,  unless
the Employer  specifies in an Addendum to its Adoption  Agreement:  (1) to apply
such transferred amounts to the Plan's  administrative  expenses;  or (2) if the
Plan includes a 401(k) arrangement, the Employer in its Addendum designates such
transferred amounts as matching contributions.

3.05 FORFEITURE  ALLOCATION.  The amount  of a Participant's  Account  forfeited
under the Plan is a Participant forfeiture.  The Plan Administrator,  subject to
Section  3.06,  will  allocate  Participant  forfeitures  at the time and in the
manner the Employer specifies in its Adoption Agreement.  The Plan Administrator
will continue to hold the undistributed,  non-Vested portion of the Account of a
Participant  who has separated from Service  solely for his/her  benefit until a
forfeiture occurs at the time specified in Section 5.09 or if applicable,  until
the time  specified in Section  9.11.  Except as provided  under Section 5.04, a
Participant  will not share in the  allocation of a forfeiture of any portion of
his/her  Account.  If  the  Plan  includes  a  401(k)   arrangement,   the  Plan
Administrator   first  will  determine  if  a   Participant's   forfeitures  are
attributable  to  nonelective  or  to  matching  contributions,   and  the  Plan
Administrator  then will allocate the forfeitures in the manner the Employer has

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 11


elected  in  its  Adoption  Agreement.   If  the  Employer  elects  to  allocate
forfeitures to reduce nonelective or matching  contributions and the forfeitures
exceed the amount of the contribution to which the Plan Administrator will apply
the forfeitures,  the Plan Administrator will allocate the remaining forfeitures
as  an  additional   discretionary   nonelective   or   discretionary   matching
contribution  or the  Plan  Administrator  will  apply  the  forfeitures  to the
Employer's  nonelective or matching  contribution in the succeeding Plan Year. A
Participant's  forfeiture  is  attributable  to  matching  contributions  if the
forfeiture is: (1) a non-Vested  matching  Account  forfeited in accordance with
Section 5.09 or, if applicable,  Section 9.11; (2) a non-Vested excess aggregate
contribution    (adjusted   for   earnings)    forfeited   in   correcting   for
nondiscrimination  failures  under  Section  14.09 or Section  14.10;  or (3) an
"associated  matching  contribution,"  which  includes any Vested or  non-Vested
matching  contribution  (adjusted  for  earnings)  made with respect to elective
deferrals  or  Employee  contributions  the Plan  Administrator  distributes  in
correction of Code ss.402(g),  Code ss.415 or  nondiscrimination  failures under
Sections  14.07,  14.08,  14.09 or 14.10.  An Employee  forfeits  an  associated
matching  contribution  unless  the  matching  contribution  is a Vested  excess
aggregate contribution distributed in accordance with Sections 14.09 or 14.10.

     3.06  ALLOCATION  CONDITIONS.  The Plan  Administrator  will  determine the
allocation conditions which apply to Employer contributions  (including matching
contributions) and Participant  forfeitures on the basis of the Plan Year (or on
any  other  basis  representing  a  reasonable  division  of the  Plan  Year) in
accordance  with  the  Employer's   elections  in  its  Adoption  Agreement.   A
Participant does not accrue an Employer contribution with respect to a Plan Year
or other  applicable  period  until the  Participant  satisfies  the  allocation
conditions  described in this Section 3.06. The Plan under a 401(k)  arrangement
may not impose any allocation conditions with respect to deferral contributions,
safe harbor contributions or SIMPLE contributions.

(A)  Hours of Service Requirement.  Except as required to satisfy the  top-heavy
minimum  allocation  requirement of Article XII, the Plan Administrator will not
allocate  any  portion  of an  Employer  contribution  for a  Plan  Year  to any
Participant's  Account  if the  Participant  does not  complete  the  applicable
minimum Hours of Service or consecutive calendar days of employment  requirement
the Employer  specifies in its Adoption  Agreement for the relevant period.  The
Employer in its Standardized  Adoption Agreement must elect whether to require a
Participant  to  complete  during a Plan  Year 501  Hours  of  Service  or to be
employed  for at least 91  consecutive  calendar  days  under the  Elapsed  Time
Method, to share in the allocation of Employer  contributions for that Plan Year
where the  Participant is not employed by the Employer on the Accounting Date of
that Plan Year,  including  the Plan Year in which the Employer  terminates  the
Plan.

(B)  "Last Day"  Employment Requirement.  If the Plan is a Standardized  Plan, a
Participant  who is employed by the  Employer on the  Accounting  Date of a Plan
Year will share in the allocation of Employer  contributions  for that Plan Year
without regard to the Participant's  Hours of Service completed during that Plan
Year. If the Plan is a  Nonstandardized  Plan,  the Employer must specify in its
Adoption  Agreement  whether the Participant  will benefit under the Plan if the
Participant is not employed by the Employer on the  Accounting  Date of the Plan
Year or other  specified date. If the Plan is a  Nonstandardized  money purchase
Plan  or  target  benefit  Plan,  the  Plan  conditions  Employer   contribution
allocations on a  Participant's  employment with the Employer on the last day of
the Plan Year for the Plan Year in which the Employer terminates the Plan.

(C)  Death, Disability or Normal  Retirement Age. Unless the Employer  otherwise
elects  in its  Adoption  Agreement,  any  allocation  condition  elected  under
Adoption  Agreement Section 3.06 does not apply for a Plan Year if a Participant
incurs a  Separation  from  Service  during  the  Plan  Year on  account  of the
Participant's  death,  Disability or attainment of Normal  Retirement Age in the
current Plan Year or on account of the Participant's Disability or attainment of
Normal Retirement Age in a prior Plan Year.

(D)  Other Conditions.  In allocating Employer contributions under the Plan, the
Plan Administrator will not apply any other conditions except those the Employer
elects in its Adoption Agreement or otherwise as the Plan may require.

(E)  Suspension of  Allocation  Conditions  Under a  Nonstandardized  Plan.  The
suspension  provisions of this Section  3.06(E) do not apply unless the Employer
elects in its  Nonstandardized  Adoption  Agreement  to apply  them.  If Section
3.06(E)  applies,  the Plan  suspends  for a Plan  Year the  Adoption  Agreement
Section  3.06  allocation  conditions  if the Plan  fails in that  Plan  Year to
satisfy coverage under the Ratio  Percentage Test,  unless in an Addendum to its
Adoption  Agreement,  the Employer  specifies the Plan  Administrator will apply
this Section 3.06(E) using the Average Benefit Percentage Test described in Code
ss.410(b)(2).  A Plan satisfies  coverage under the Ratio Percentage Test if, on
the last day of the Plan Year,  the  Plan's  benefiting  ratio of the  Nonhighly
Compensated  Includible Employees is at least 70% of the benefiting ratio of the
Highly Compensated Includible Employees.

     The benefiting ratio of the Nonhighly  Compensated  Includible Employees is
the number of Nonhighly  Compensated  Includible  Employees benefiting under the
Plan over the number of the Includible  Employees who are Nonhighly  Compensated
Employees.  "Includible"  Employees  are all  Employees  other  than:  (1) those
Employees  excluded from  participating  in the Plan for the entire Plan Year by
reason of the collective  bargaining  unit or the nonresident  alien  exclusions
under Code  ss.410(b)(3)  or by reason of the age and  service  requirements  of
Article II; and (2) those  Employees who incur a Separation  from Service during
the Plan  Year and for the Plan  Year  fail to  complete  more than 500 Hours of
Service or at least 91 consecutive calendar days under the Elapsed Time Method.

     For purposes of  coverage,  an Employee is  benefiting  under the Plan on a
particular  date if, under  Section  3.04 of the Plan,  he/she is entitled to an
Employer  contribution  or to a Participant  forfeiture  allocation for the Plan
Year.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 12


     If this Section  3.06(E)  applies for a Plan Year,  the Plan  Administrator
will suspend the allocation conditions for the Nonhighly Compensated  Includible
Employees who are Participants,  beginning first with the Includible Employee(s)
employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year,  then the  Includible
Employee(s)  who have the latest  Separation  from Service during the Plan Year,
and continuing to suspend the allocation conditions for each Includible Employee
who incurred an earlier Separation from Service, from the latest to the earliest
Separation  from Service date,  until the Plan  satisfies  coverage for the Plan
Year. If two or more Includible  Employees have a Separation from Service on the
same day, the Plan Administrator will suspend the allocation  conditions for all
such Includible Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy coverage
by accruing benefits for fewer than all such Includible  Employees.  If the Plan
for any Plan Year suspends the allocation conditions for an Includible Employee,
that  Employee will share in the  allocation  for that Plan Year of the Employer
contribution  and  Participant  forfeitures,  if any,  without regard to whether
he/she has satisfied the allocation conditions of this Section 3.06.

     If  the  Plan  includes  Employer  matching  contributions  subject  to ACP
testing,  this Section 3.06(E) applies  separately to the Code ss.401(m) portion
of the Plan.

Part 2.  Limitations On Allocations: Sections 3.07 through 3.18

     [Note:  Sections 3.07 through 3.10 apply only to  Participants in this Plan
who do not participate,  and who have never  participated,  in another qualified
plan,  individual medical account (as defined in Code ss.415(l)(2)),  simplified
employee pension plan (as defined in Code ss.408(k)) or welfare benefit fund (as
defined in Code ss.419(e)) maintained by the Employer,  which provides an Annual
Addition.]

     3.07  ANNUAL ADDITIONS LIMITATION. The amount of Annual Additions which the
Plan Administrator may allocate under this Plan to a Participant's Account for a
Limitation  Year may not exceed the Maximum  Permissible  Amount.  If the Annual
Additions the Plan  Administrator  otherwise  would allocate under the Plan to a
Participant's   Account  would  for  the  Limitation  Year  exceed  the  Maximum
Permissible  Amount, the Plan Administrator will not allocate the Excess Amount,
but will instead take any reasonable,  uniform and nondiscriminatory  action the
Plan Administrator determines necessary to avoid allocation of an Excess Amount.
Such actions  include,  but are not limited to, those  described in this Section
3.07.  If the Plan includes a 401(k)  arrangement,  the Plan  Administrator  may
apply  this  Section  3.07 in a  manner  which  maximizes  the  allocation  to a
Participant of Employer  contributions  (exclusive of the Participant's deferral
contributions).   Notwithstanding   any  contrary  Plan   provision,   the  Plan
Administrator,   for  the  Limitation   Year,   may:  (1)  suspend  or  limit  a
Participant's  additional Employee contributions or deferral contributions;  (2)
notify the  Employer to reduce the  Employer's  future Plan  contribution(s)  as
necessary to avoid  allocation  to a  Participant  of an Excess  Amount;  or (3)
suspend or limit the  allocation to a Participant  of any Employer  contribution
previously  made to the Plan  (exclusive  of deferral  contributions)  or of any
Participant  forfeiture.  If an allocation of Employer contributions  previously
made  (excluding  a  Participant's  deferral  contributions)  or of  Participant
forfeitures  would result in an Excess Amount to a  Participant's  Account,  the
Plan Administrator will allocate the Excess Amount to the remaining Participants
who are eligible for an allocation of Employer  contributions  for the Plan Year
in which  the  Limitation  Year  ends.  The Plan  Administrator  will  make this
allocation in accordance with the Plan's allocation method as if the Participant
whose Account  otherwise would receive the Excess Amount, is not eligible for an
allocation of Employer  contributions.  If the Plan Administrator allocates to a
Participant  an Excess  Amount,  Plan  Administrator  must dispose of the Excess
Amount in accordance with Section 3.10 (relating to certain  "reasonable errors"
and  allocation  of  forfeitures)  or, if Section 3.10 does not apply,  the Plan
Administrator will dispose of the Excess Amount under Section 9.12.

     3.08  ESTIMATING   COMPENSATION.   Prior  to  the   determination   of  the
Participant's  actual Compensation for a Limitation Year, the Plan Administrator
may determine the Maximum  Permissible  Amount on the basis of the Participant's
estimated annual  Compensation for such Limitation Year. The Plan  Administrator
must  make  this  determination  on a  reasonable  and  uniform  basis  for  all
Participants   similarly  situated.  The  Plan  Administrator  must  reduce  the
allocation  of  any  Employer   contributions   (including   any  allocation  of
forfeitures)  based on  estimated  annual  Compensation  by any  Excess  Amounts
carried over from prior Limitation Years.

     3.09  DETERMINATION   BASED  ON  ACTUAL   COMPENSATION.    As  soon  as  is
administratively  feasible  after  the  end of the  Limitation  Year,  the  Plan
Administrator  will determine the Maximum  Permissible Amount for the Limitation
Year on the basis of the Participant's  actual  Compensation for such Limitation
Year.

     3.10  DISPOSITION OF ALLOCATED  EXCESS AMOUNT.  If, because of a reasonable
error in estimating a Participant's actual Limitation Year Compensation, because
of the allocation of forfeitures, because of a reasonable error in determining a
Participant's   deferral  contributions  or  because  of  any  other  facts  and
circumstances  the Internal  Revenue Service  ("Revenue  Service")  considers to
constitute  reasonable error, a Participant  receives an allocation of an Excess
Amount for a Limitation Year, the Plan Administrator will dispose of such Excess
Amount as follows:

     (a) The  Plan  Administrator  first  will  return  to the  Participant  any
     Employee  contributions  (adjusted for  earnings) and then any  Participant
     deferral  contributions  (adjusted for earnings) to the extent necessary to
     reduce or eliminate the Excess Amount.

     (b) If,  after the  application  of Paragraph  (a), an Excess  Amount still
     exists and the Plan  covers the  Participant  at the end of the  Limitation
     Year, the Plan  Administrator  then will use the Excess Amount(s) to reduce
     future  Employer  contributions  (including any allocation of  forfeitures)
     under  the  Plan  for the next  Limitation  Year  and for  each  succeeding
     Limitation Year, as is necessary,  for the  Participant.  If the Employer's
     Plan is a profit  sharing plan, a Participant  who is a Highly  Compensated
     Employee may elect to limit his/her Compensation for allocation purposes to
     the extent  necessary to reduce his/her  allocation for the Limitation Year
     to the Maximum Permissible Amount and to eliminate the Excess Amount.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 13


     (c) If,  after the  application  of Paragraph  (a), an Excess  Amount still
     exists  and the  Plan  does not  cover  the  Participant  at the end of the
     Limitation  Year, the Plan  Administrator  then will hold the Excess Amount
     unallocated in a suspense account.  The Plan  Administrator  will apply the
     suspense account to reduce Employer Contributions (including the allocation
     of forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year,
     and in each succeeding  Limitation Year if necessary.  Neither the Employer
     nor any  Employee may  contribute  to the Plan for any  Limitation  Year in
     which the Plan is unable to allocate  fully a suspense  account  maintained
     pursuant to this  Paragraph  (c).  Amounts held  unallocated  in a suspense
     account will not share in any allocation of Trust Fund net income,  gain or
     loss.

     (d) The Plan Administrator  under Paragraphs (b) or (c) will not distribute
     any Excess Amount(s) to Participants or to former Participants.

     [Note:  Sections  3.11  through  3.15 apply only to  Participants  who,  in
addition to this Plan, participate in one or more M&P defined contribution plans
(including Paired Plans),  welfare benefit funds (as defined in Code ss.419(e)),
individual  medical  accounts (as defined in Code  ss.415(l)(2),  or  simplified
employee pension plans (as defined in Code ss.408(k)) maintained by the Employer
and which provide an Annual Addition  during the Limitation  Year  (collectively
"Code ss.415 aggregated plans").]

     3.11  COMBINED  PLANS  ANNUAL  ADDITIONS  LIMITATION.  The amount of Annual
Additions  which  the Plan  Administrator  may  allocate  under  this  Plan to a
Participant's  Account  for  a  Limitation  Year  may  not  exceed  the  Maximum
Permissible Amount,  reduced by the sum of any Annual Additions allocated to the
Participant's  accounts  for the same  Limitation  Year  under  the Code  ss.415
aggregated  plans.  If the amount the Employer  otherwise  would allocate to the
Participant's  Account under this Plan would cause the Annual  Additions for the
Limitation  Year to exceed this  Section 3.11  combined  plans  limitation,  the
Employer will reduce the amount of its allocation to that Participant's  Account
in the manner  described in Section 3.07, so the Annual  Additions  under all of
the Code ss.415  aggregated plans for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum
Permissible  Amount.  If the Plan  Administrator  allocates to a Participant  an
amount  attributed  to this Plan under  Section 3.14 which  exceeds this Section
3.11  combined  plans  limitation,  the Plan  Administrator  must dispose of the
Excess Amount in accordance  with Section 3.15 (relating to certain  "reasonable
errors" and allocation of forfeitures)  or, if Section 3.15 does not apply,  the
Plan Administrator will dispose of the Excess Amount under Section 9.12.

     3.12  ESTIMATING   COMPENSATION.   Prior  to  the   determination   of  the
Participant's   actual   Compensation   for  the   Limitation   Year,  the  Plan
Administrator  may determine the Section 3.11 combined  plans  limitation on the
basis of the  Participant's  estimated  annual  Compensation for such Limitation
Year. The Plan  Administrator  will make this  determination on a reasonable and
uniform basis for all Participants  similarly  situated.  The Plan Administrator
must  reduce  the  allocation  of  any  Employer  contribution   (including  the
allocation of Participant forfeitures) based on estimated annual Compensation by
any Excess Amounts carried over from prior years.

     3.13  DETERMINATION   BASED  ON  ACTUAL   COMPENSATION.   As  soon   as  is
administratively  feasible  after  the  end of the  Limitation  Year,  the  Plan
Administrator  will determine the Section 3.11 combined plans  limitation on the
basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for such Limitation Year.

     3.14  ORDERING OF ANNUAL ADDITION ALLOCATIONS.  If, because of a reasonable
error in estimating a Participant's actual Limitation Year Compensation, because
of the allocation of forfeitures, because of a reasonable error in determining a
Participant's   deferral  contributions  or  because  of  any  other  facts  and
circumstances  the Revenue Service  considers to constitute  reasonable error, a
Participant's  Annual  Additions under this Plan and the Code ss.415  aggregated
plans result in an Excess Amount, such Excess Amount will consist of the Amounts
last allocated. The Plan Administrator will determine the Amounts last allocated
by treating the Annual Additions  attributable to a simplified  employee pension
as  allocated  first,  followed  by  allocation  to a  welfare  benefit  fund or
individual  medical account,  irrespective of the actual allocation date. If the
Plan Administrator  allocates an Excess Amount to a Participant on an allocation
date of this Plan which  coincides  with an  allocation  date of  another  plan,
unless  the  Employer  specifies  otherwise  in  an  Addendum  to  its  Adoption
Agreement, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will equal the product of:

     (a)  the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, multiplied by

     (b)  the ratio of (i) the Annual Additions  allocated to the Participant as
          of such date for the Limitation  Year under the Plan to (ii) the total
          Annual Additions  allocated to the Participant as of such date for the
          Limitation Year under this Plan and the Code ss.415 aggregated plans.

     3.15  DISPOSITION OF ALLOCATED EXCESS AMOUNT ATTRIBUTABLE TO PLAN. The Plan
Administrator  will dispose of any  allocated  Excess  Amounts  described in and
attributed  to this Plan under  Section  3.14 as provided in Section 3.10 or, as
applicable under Section 9.12.



     [Note:  Section 3.16 applies only to Participants  who, in addition to this
Plan, participate in one or more qualified defined contribution plans maintained
by the  Employer  during  the  Limitation  Year,  but  which  are not M&P  plans
described in Sections 3.11 through 3.15.]

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 14



     3.16  OTHER DEFINED  CONTRIBUTION  PLANS LIMITATION.  If a Participant is a
participant in another defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, but
which plan is not an M&P plan  described in Sections 3.11 through 3.15, the Plan
Administrator  must limit the allocation to the Participant of Annual  Additions
under this Plan as provided in Sections  3.11 through  3.15, as though the other
defined  contribution  plan  were an M&P plan,  unless  the  Employer  specifies
otherwise in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement.

     3.17  DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION.  If the Employer maintains a defined
benefit plan, or has ever  maintained a defined  benefit plan which the Employer
has  terminated,  then the sum of the  defined  benefit  plan  fraction  and the
defined  contribution  plan fraction for any Participant for any Limitation Year
beginning before January 1, 2000, must not exceed 1.0. The 1.0 limitation of the
immediately  preceding  sentence does not apply for Limitation  Years  beginning
after  December  31,  1999,  unless the  Employer in Appendix B to its  Adoption
Agreement  specifies a later effective date. To the extent  necessary to satisfy
the 1.0 limitation,  if the Employer still maintains the defined benefit plan as
an active plan,  the Employer in its  Adoption  Agreement  Appendix B will elect
whether to reduce the  Participant's  projected annual benefit under the defined
benefit  plan  under  which  the  Participant  participates,  or to  reduce  its
contribution  or  allocation  on  behalf  of  the  Participant  to  the  defined
contribution plan(s) under which the Participant  participates.  If the Employer
has frozen or terminated the defined  benefit plan, the Employer will reduce its
contribution  or  allocation  on  behalf  of  the  Participant  to  the  defined
contribution plan(s) under which the Participant participates. The Employer must
provide in  Appendix B to its  Adoption  Agreement  the manner in which the Plan
will satisfy the top-heavy requirements of Code ss.416 after taking into account
the existence (or prior maintenance) of the defined benefit plan.

     3.18  DEFINITIONS - ARTICLE III. For purposes of Article III:

          (a) "Annual  Additions"  means  the   sum  of  the  following  amounts
          allocated to a  Participant's  Account for a Limitation  Year: (i) all
          Employer contributions (including Participant deferral contributions);
          (ii) all forfeitures;  (iii) all Employee  contributions;  (iv) Excess
          Amounts reapplied to reduce Employer  contributions under Section 3.10
          or Section  3.15;  (v) amounts  allocated  after March 31, 1984, to an
          individual medical account (as defined in Code ss.415(l)(2))  included
          as part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer;  (vi)
          contributions  paid or accrued  after  December 31, 1985,  for taxable
          years ending after December 31, 1985,  attributable to post-retirement
          medical  benefits  allocated to the separate account of a key-employee
          (as defined in Code  ss.419A(d)(3))  under a welfare  benefit fund (as
          defined in Code ss.419(e))  maintained by the Employer;  (vii) amounts
          allocated  under  a  Simplified  Employee  Pension  Plan;  and  (viii)
          corrected  excess  contributions   described  in  Code  ss.401(k)  and
          corrected excess aggregate  contributions described in Code ss.401(m).
          Excess  deferrals   described  in  Code  ss.402(g),   which  the  Plan
          Administrator  corrects by  distribution  by April 15 of the following
          calendar year, are not Annual Additions.

          (b) "Compensation" for purposes  of applying the limitations of Part 2
          of this Article III,  means  Compensation  as defined in Section 1.07,
          except,  for  Limitation  Years  beginning  after  December  31, 1997,
          Compensation includes Elective Contributions,  irrespective of whether
          the  Employer  has elected to include  these  amounts as  Compensation
          under  Section 1.07 of its Adoption  Agreement  and any  exclusion the
          Employer has elected in Section 1.07 of the  Adoption  Agreement  does
          not apply.

          (c) "Employer" means the Employer and any Related Employer. Solely for
          purposes of applying  the  limitations  of Part 2 of this Article III,
          the Plan  Administrator  will determine  Related Employer by modifying
          Code ss.ss.414(b) and (c) in accordance with Code ss.415(h).

          (d) "Excess  Amount"  means the  excess of  the  Participant's  Annual
          Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

          (e) "Limitation  Year"  means  the period the  Employer  elects in its
          Adoption  Agreement  Section 1.24. All qualified plans of the Employer
          must  use  the  same  Limitation  Year.  If the  Employer  amends  the
          Limitation Year to a different  12-consecutive  month period,  the new
          Limitation  Year must begin on a date within the  Limitation  Year for
          which the Employer  makes the amendment,  creating a short  Limitation
          Year.

          (f) "M&P Plan" means a prototype plan the form of which is the subject
          of a favorable opinion letter (or prior to Revenue Procedure  2000-20,
          a favorable notification or favorable opinion letter) from the Revenue
          Service.

          (g) "Maximum Permissible Amount" means the lesser of: (i) $30,000 (or,
          if greater,  the $30,000 amount as adjusted under Code ss.415(d)),  or
          (ii) 25% of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year. If
          there is a short  Limitation  Year  because of a change in  Limitation
          Year, the Plan  Administrator  will multiply the $30,000 (or adjusted)
          limitation by the following fraction:

                  Number of months in the short Limitation Year
                  ---------------------------------------------
                                       12

          The 25%  limitation  does not apply to any  contribution  for  medical
          benefits  within the meaning of Code  ss.401(h) or Code  ss.419A(f)(2)
          which otherwise is an Annual Addition.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 15


          (h) "Defined contribution plan" means a retirement plan which provides
          for an individual  account for each participant and for benefits based
          solely on the amount contributed to the participant's account, and any
          income, expenses, gains and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of
          other  participants  which the plan may allocate to such participant's
          account.  The Plan Administrator  must treat all defined  contribution
          plans  (whether or not  terminated)  maintained  by the  Employer as a
          single plan.  Solely for purposes of the limitations of Part 2 of this
          Article III,  employee  contributions  made to a defined  benefit plan
          maintained by the Employer is a separate  defined  contribution  plan.
          The Plan Administrator also will treat as a defined  contribution plan
          an  individual  medical  account  (as  defined  in Code  ss.415(l)(2))
          included as part of a defined  benefit plan maintained by the Employer
          and,  for taxable  years  ending  after  December  31, 1985, a welfare
          benefit fund under Code  ss.419(e)  maintained  by the Employer to the
          extent there are  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to the
          separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code ss.419A(d)(3)).

     (i) "Defined  benefit plan" means a retirement  plan which does not provide
     for individual  accounts for Employer  contributions.  All defined  benefit
     plans (whether or not  terminated)  maintained by the Employer are a single
     plan.

     [Note:  The  definitions  in Paragraphs  (j), (k) and (l) apply only if the
     limitation described in Section 3.17 applies to the Plan.]

     (j) "Defined benefit plan fraction" means the following fraction:

  Projected annual benefit of the Participant under the defined benefit plan(s)
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          The lesser of: (i) 125% (subject to the "100% limitation" in
          Paragraph (l)) of the dollar limitation in effect under Code
                   ss.415(b)(1)(A) for the Limitation Year, or
             (ii) 140% of the Participant's average Compensation for
               his/her high three (3) consecutive Years of Service

          To determine the denominator of this fraction,  the Plan Administrator
     will make any adjustment required under Code ss.415(b) and will determine a
     Year of Service,  unless the Employer provides  otherwise in an Addendum to
     its Adoption  Agreement,  as a Plan Year in which the Employee completed at
     least 1,000 Hours of Service.  The "projected annual benefit" is the annual
     retirement  benefit  (adjusted to an actuarially  equivalent  straight life
     annuity if the defined  benefit plan expresses such benefit in a form other
     than a straight  life annuity or qualified  joint and survivor  annuity) of
     the  Participant  under  the  terms  of the  defined  benefit  plan  on the
     assumptions he/she continues employment until his/her normal retirement age
     (or current age, if later) as stated in the defined  benefit plan,  his/her
     compensation continues at the same rate as in effect in the Limitation Year
     under consideration until the date of his/her normal retirement age and all
     other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the defined benefit
     plan  remain  constant  as of the  current  Limitation  Year for all future
     Limitation Years.

          Current Accrued Benefit. If the Participant accrued benefits in one or
     more  defined  benefit  plans  maintained  by the  Employer  which  were in
     existence on May 6, 1986, the dollar  limitation used in the denominator of
     this  fraction  will not be less  than the  Participant's  Current  Accrued
     Benefit.  A Participant's  Current Accrued Benefit is the sum of the annual
     benefits under such defined benefit plans which the Participant had accrued
     as of the  end of the  1986  Limitation  Year  (the  last  Limitation  Year
     beginning before January 1, 1987),  determined without regard to any change
     in the terms or  conditions  of the defined  benefit plan made after May 5,
     1986, and without regard to any cost of living  adjustment  occurring after
     May 5, 1986.  This Current Accrued Benefit rule applies only if the defined
     benefit plans individually and in the aggregate  satisfied the requirements
     of Code ss.415 as in effect at the end of the 1986 Limitation Year.

     (k) "Defined contribution plan fraction" means the following fraction:

  The sum, as of the close of the Limitation Year, of the Annual Additions for
       all Limitation Years to the Participant's Account under the defined
                              contribution plan(s)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        The sum of the lesser of the following amounts determined for the
Limitation Year and for each prior Limitation Year of service with the Employer:
   (i) 125% (subject to the "100% limitation" in Paragraph (l)) of the dollar
     limitation in effect under Code ss.415(c)(1)(A) for the Limitation Year
    (determined without regard to the special dollar limitations for employee
      stock ownership plans), or (ii) 35% of the Participant's Compensation
                             for the Limitation Year

     For purposes of determining  the defined  contribution  plan fraction,  the
     Plan  Administrator will not recompute Annual Additions in Limitation Years
     beginning prior to January 1, 1987, to treat all Employee  contributions as
     Annual  Additions.  If the Plan satisfied Code ss.415 for Limitation  Years
     beginning prior to January 1, 1987, the Plan Administrator will redetermine
     the  defined  contribution  plan  fraction  and the  defined  benefit  plan
     fraction as of the end of the 1986 Limitation Year, in accordance with this
     Section 3.18.  If the sum of the  redetermined  fractions  exceeds 1.0, the
     Plan  Administrator  will  subtract  permanently  from the numerator of the
     defined  contribution  plan fraction an amount equal to the product of: (1)
     the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0, times (2) the  denominator
     of the defined  contribution plan fraction.  In making the adjustment,  the
     Plan  Administrator  must  disregard any accrued  benefit under the defined
     benefit plan which is in excess of the Current Accrued  Benefit.  This Plan
     continues any  transitional  rules  applicable to the  determination of the
     defined contribution plan fraction under the Plan as of the end of the 1986
     Limitation Year.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 16


     (l) "100%  limitation" means the limitation in Code ss.416(h) which applies
     if the  plan  is  top-heavy.  If the  100%  limitation  applies,  the  Plan
     Administrator  must determine the  denominator of the defined  benefit plan
     fraction and the denominator of the defined  contribution  plan fraction by
     substituting  100% for 125%. If this Plan is a Standardized  Plan, the 100%
     limitation  applies in all Limitation Years,  unless the Employer specifies
     otherwise  in an  Addendum  to its  Adoption  Agreement.  If  the  Employer
     overrides the 100% limitation under a Standardized  Plan, the Employer must
     specify in its  Addendum the manner in which the Plan  satisfies  the extra
     minimum benefit  requirement of Code ss.416(h) and the 100% limitation must
     continue to apply if the Plan's  top-heavy  ratio exceeds 90%. If this Plan
     is a  Nonstandardized  Plan, the 100%  limitation  applies only if: (i) the
     Plan's  top-heavy ratio exceeds 90%; or (ii) the Plan's  top-heavy ratio is
     greater  than  60%,  and the  Employer  does not  specify  in its  Adoption
     Agreement  to  provide   extra   minimum   benefits   which   satisfy  Code
     ss.416(h)(2).

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 17


                                   ARTICLE IV
                            PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

     4.01  PARTICIPANT   CONTRIBUTIONS.   For  purposes   of  this  Article  IV,
Participant  contributions means all Employee contributions described in Section
4.02, deductible  Participant  contributions  described in Section 4.03 ("DECs")
and rollover contributions described Section 4.04.

     4.02  EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.  An Employee  contribution is a nondeductible
contribution  which a  Participant  makes to the Trust as  permitted  under this
Section  4.02.  A deferral  contribution  made by a  Participant  under a 401(k)
arrangement is not an Employee contribution. Employee contributions must satisfy
the  nondiscrimination  requirements  of Code  ss.401(m).  See Section 14.09. An
Employer  must  elect in its  Adoption  Agreement  whether  to  permit  Employee
contributions.  If the Employer  elects to permit  Employee  contributions,  the
Employer  also  must  specify  in  its  Adoption  Agreement  any  conditions  or
limitations which may apply to Employee  contributions.  If the Employer permits
Employee   contributions,   the  Employer  operationally  will  determine  if  a
Participant  will make Employee  contributions  through payroll  deduction or by
other means.

     The Employer must elect in its Adoption Agreement whether the Employer will
make matching  contributions with respect to any Employee  contributions and any
conditions or limitations which may apply to those matching  contributions.  Any
matching  contribution must satisfy the  nondiscrimination  requirements of Code
ss.401(m). See Section 14.09.

     4.03  DECs. A DEC is a deductible Participant contribution made to the Plan
for a taxable year  commencing  prior to 1987. If a Participant has made DECs to
the Plan,  the Plan  Administrator  must  maintain  a separate  Account  for the
Participant's DECs as adjusted for earnings,  including DECs which are part of a
rollover contribution described in Section 4.04. The DECs Account is part of the
Participant's  Account  for all  purposes  of the Plan,  except for  purposes of
determining  the top-heavy ratio under Article XII. The Plan  Administrator  may
not  use a  Participant's  DECs  Account  to  purchase  life  insurance  on  the
Participant's behalf.

     4.04  ROLLOVER  CONTRIBUTIONS. A rollover contribution is an amount of cash
or property  which the Code  permits an  eligible  Employee  or  Participant  to
transfer  directly or  indirectly  to this Plan from another  qualified  plan. A
rollover contribution excludes Employee contributions, as adjusted for earnings.
An Employer operationally and on a nondiscriminatory  basis, may elect to permit
or not to permit  rollover  contributions  to this Plan or may elect to limit an
eligible   Employee's  right  or  a  Participant's  right  to  make  a  rollover
contribution. If an Employer permits rollover contributions, any Participant (or
as applicable,  any eligible Employee),  with the Employer's written consent and
after filing with the Trustee the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator, may
make  a  rollover  contribution  to  the  Trust.  Before  accepting  a  rollover
contribution,  the Trustee may require a Participant  (or eligible  Employee) to
furnish  satisfactory  evidence  the  proposed  transfer  is in fact a "rollover
contribution"  which the Code  permits an employee to make to a qualified  plan.
The  Trustee,  in  its  sole  discretion,  may  decline  to  accept  a  rollover
contribution of property which could:  (1) generate  unrelated  business taxable
income;  (2) create  difficulty  or undue  expense in  storage,  safekeeping  or
valuation;  or (3) create other  practical  problems  for the Trust.  A rollover
contribution is not an Annual Addition under Part 2 of Article III.

     If an eligible Employee makes a rollover contribution to the Trust prior to
satisfying the Plan's eligibility conditions, the Plan Administrator and Trustee
must treat the Employee as a limited  Participant  (as  described  in Rev.  Rul.
96-48 or in any successor ruling).  A limited  Participant does not share in the
Plan's allocation of Employer contributions nor Participant  forfeitures and may
not make deferral  contributions if the Plan includes a 401(k) arrangement until
he/she actually becomes a Participant in the Plan. If a limited  Participant has
a  Separation  from Service  prior to becoming a  Participant  in the Plan,  the
Trustee will distribute  his/her  rollover  contributions  Account to him/her in
accordance with Article VI as if it were an Employer contributions Account.

     4.05  PARTICIPANT  CONTRIBUTIONS  - VESTING.  A  Participant's  Participant
contributions Account is, at all times, 100% Vested.

     4.06  PARTICIPANT  CONTRIBUTIONS  -  DISTRIBUTION.  Subject to any contrary
Employer  election in its  Adoption  Agreement  Appendix A, an  Employee,  after
attaining age 70 1/2 may elect to receive  distribution prior to Separation from
Service  ("in-service  distribution") of all or any part of his/her  Participant
contributions  Account. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement Section 6.01 must
elect  the  additional  in-service  distribution  election  rights,  if  any,  a
Participant has with respect to his/her Participant  contributions  Account. For
purposes of the Employer's  Adoption Agreement  elections  regarding  in-service
distribution   of   Participant   contributions,    a   Participant's   Employee
contributions  also includes DECs. A Participant  will not incur a forfeiture of
any  Account  under the Plan solely as a result of the  distribution  of his/her
Participant contributions.

     The  Trustee,  following a  Participant's  Separation  from  Service,  will
distribute  to the  Participant  his/her  Participant  contributions  Account in
accordance  with  Article VI in the same manner as the Trustee  distributes  the
Participant's Employer contributions Account.

     4.07  PARTICIPANT  CONTRIBUTIONS  -  INVESTMENT  AND  ACCOUNTING.  The Plan
Administrator  must maintain a separate  Account in the name of each Participant
to reflect his/her  Participant  contributions  (including,  if applicable,  the
different  types of Participant  contributions),  as adjusted for earnings.  The
Trustee will invest all Participant contributions as part of the Trust Fund.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 18



                                    ARTICLE V
                                     VESTING

     5.01  NORMAL/EARLY  RETIREMENT AGE. The Employer in its Adoption  Agreement
must  specify the Plan's  Normal  Retirement  Age.  An Employer in its  Adoption
Agreement may specify an Early  Retirement Age. A Participant's  Account Balance
derived  from  Employer  contributions  is 100%  Vested  upon and after  his/her
attaining Normal Retirement Age (or if applicable,  Early Retirement Age) if the
Participant is employed by the Employer on or after that date.

     5.02  PARTICIPANT DEATH OR DISABILITY. Unless the Employer elects otherwise
in its Adoption Agreement, a Participant's Account Balance derived from Employer
contributions is 100% Vested if the  Participant's  Separation from Service is a
result of his/her death or his/her Disability.

     5.03  VESTING SCHEDULE.  Except as provided in Sections 5.01 and 5.02,  for
each Year of Service  as  described  in Section  5.06,  a  Participant's  Vested
percentage of his/her Account Balance derived from Employer contributions equals
the  percentage  under the  vesting  schedule  the  Employer  has elected in its
Adoption Agreement.

For  purposes of Adoption  Agreement  Section  5.03,  "6-year  graded,"  "3-year
cliff," "7-year graded" or "5-year cliff" means an Employee's Vested percentage,
based on each included Year of Service, under the following applicable schedule:



                6-year graded                     7-year graded

                0-1 year / 0%                     0-2 years / 0%

                2 years / 20%                     3 years / 20%

                3 years / 40%                     4 years / 40%

                4 years / 60%                     5 years / 60%

                5 years / 80%                     6 years / 80%

                6 years / 100%                    7 years / 100%

                3-year cliff                      5-year cliff

                0-2 years / 0%                    0-4 years / 0%

                3 years / 100%                    5 years / 100%

(A)  "Grossed-Up"  Vesting Formula.  If the Trustee makes a distribution  (other
than a cash-out  distribution  described in Section 5.04) to a  partially-Vested
Participant,  and the Participant has not incurred a Forfeiture Break in Service
at the  relevant  time,  the  provisions  of this Section  5.03(A)  apply to the
Participant's  Account Balance. At any relevant time following the distribution,
the Plan Administrator  will determine the Participant's  Vested Account Balance
derived from Employer  contributions  in accordance with the following  formula:
P(AB + D) - D.

     To apply this formula, "P" is the Participant's  current vesting percentage
at the relevant time, "AB" is the Participant's Employer-derived Account Balance
at the  relevant  time and "D" is the amount of the  earlier  distribution.  If,
under a restated  Plan,  the Plan has made  distribution  to a  partially-Vested
Participant  prior to its  restated  Effective  Date and is  unable to apply the
cash-out  provisions  of Section 5.04 to that prior  distribution,  this special
vesting formula also applies to that  Participant's  remaining  Account Balance.
The Employer, in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement, may elect to modify this
formula  to read as  follows:  P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D). For  purposes  of this
alternative   formula,   "R"  is  the   ratio  of  "AB"  to  the   Participant's
Employer-derived Account Balance immediately following the earlier distribution.

(B)  Special Vesting Elections. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect
other  specified  vesting  provisions  which are consistent with Code ss.411 and
applicable Treasury regulations.

     5.04  CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED  PARTICIPANTS/ RESTORATION
OF FORFEITED  ACCOUNT  BALANCE.  If, pursuant to Article VI, a  partially-Vested
Participant  receives a cash-out  distribution before he/she incurs a Forfeiture
Break in Service,  the  Participant  will incur an immediate  forfeiture  of the
non-Vested   portion  of  his/her  Account   Balance.   If  a   partially-Vested
Participant's Account is entitled to an allocation of Employer  contributions or
Participant  forfeitures for the Plan Year in which he/she otherwise would incur
a forfeiture by reason of a cash-out  distribution,  the Plan Administrator will
apply  the  cash-out  forfeiture  rule  as if the  partially-Vested  Participant
received a cash-out  distribution on the first day of the immediately  following
Plan  Year.  A  partially-Vested  Participant  is  a  Participant  whose  Vested
percentage  determined under Section 5.03 is more than 0% but is less than 100%.
A  cash-out   distribution  is  a  distribution  to  the  Participant   (whether
involuntary  or with  required  consent as  described in Article VI), of his/her
entire Vested Account Balance due to the Participant's Separation from Service.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 19


(A)  Forfeiture  Restoration and Conditions for Restoration.  A partially-Vested
Participant  re-employed by the Employer after receiving a cash-out distribution
of the Vested  percentage of his/her  Account Balance may repay to the Trust the
entire   amount  of  the   cash-out   distribution   attributable   to  Employer
contributions   without  any  adjustment  for  gains  and  losses,   unless  the
Participant no longer has a right to restoration under this Section 5.04(A).  If
a  re-employed  Participant  repays  his/her  cash-out  distribution,  the  Plan
Administrator,  subject to the conditions of this Section 5.04(A),  must restore
the Participant's Account Balance attributable to Employer  contributions to the
same  dollar  amount as the  dollar  amount of  his/her  Account  Balance on the
Accounting Date, or other valuation date,  immediately preceding the date of the
cash-out  distribution,  unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring subsequent
to  that  Accounting   Date,  or  other  valuation  date.   Restoration  of  the
Participant's  Account Balance  includes  restoration of all Protected  Benefits
with respect to that restored  Account  Balance,  in accordance  with applicable
Treasury  regulations.  The Plan  Administrator  will not restore a  re-employed
Participant's Account Balance under this Section 5.04 (A) if:

     (1) 5 years have elapsed since the Participant's  first  re-employment date
     with the Employer following the cash-out distribution;

     (2) The  Participant  is not in the  Employer's  Service  on the  date  the
     Participant repays his/her cash-out distribution; or

     (3) The  Participant  has  incurred a  Forfeiture  Break in  Service.  This
     condition also applies if the Participant  makes repayment  within the Plan
     Year in which  he/she  incurs  the  Forfeiture  Break in  Service  and that
     Forfeiture  Break in Service  would result in a complete  forfeiture of the
     amount the Plan Administrator otherwise would restore.

(B)  Time and Method of Forfeiture  Restoration.  If none of the  conditions  in
Section  5.04(A)  preventing  restoration of the  Participant's  Account Balance
applies,  the Plan Administrator will restore the Participant's  Account Balance
as of the Plan Year Accounting Date coincident with or immediately following the
repayment. To restore the Participant's Account Balance, the Plan Administrator,
to the extent necessary, will allocate to the Participant's Account:

     (1) First,  the   amount,  if any,  of  Participant  forfeitures  the  Plan
     Administrator otherwise would allocate under Section 3.05;

     (2) Second,  the  amount,  if any, of the Trust Fund net income or gain for
     the Plan Year; and

     (3) Third,  the Employer  contribution for the Plan Year to the extent made
     under a discretionary formula.

In an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement,  the Employer may eliminate as a means
of restoration  any of the amounts  described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) or may
change  the order of  priority  of these  amounts.  To the  extent  the  amounts
described  in  clauses  (1),  (2) and (3) are  insufficient  to enable  the Plan
Administrator  to make the required  restoration,  the Employer must contribute,
without  regard to any  requirement  or condition of Article III, the additional
amount  necessary  to  enable  the  Plan  Administrator  to  make  the  required
restoration. If, for a particular Plan Year, the Plan Administrator must restore
the  Account  Balance  of  more  than  one  re-employed  Participant,  the  Plan
Administrator  will make the restoration  allocations from the amounts described
in  clauses  (1),  (2) and (3) to each such  Participant's  Account  in the same
proportion that a  Participant's  restored amount for the Plan Year bears to the
restored  amount for the Plan Year of all re-employed  Participants.  A cash-out
restoration allocation is not an Annual Addition under Part 2 of Article III.

(C)  Deemed  Cash-out of 0%  Vested  Participant.   Except as  the Employer  may
provide in an Addendum to its Adoption  Agreement,  the deemed  cash-out rule of
this  Section  5.04(C)  applies  to  any 0%  Vested  Participant.  A "0%  Vested
Participant"  is a  Participant  whose  Account  Balance  derived from  Employer
contributions  is entirely  forfeitable at the time of his/her  Separation  from
Service. If a 0% Vested  Participant's  Account is not entitled to an allocation
of  Employer  contributions  for the Plan  Year in which the  Participant  has a
Separation from Service,  the Plan  Administrator will apply the deemed cash-out
rule as if the 0% Vested  Participant  received a cash-out  distribution  on the
date of the Participant's  Separation from Service. If a 0% Vested Participant's
Account is entitled to an allocation of Employer  contributions  or  Participant
forfeitures  for the Plan Year in which the  Participant  has a Separation  from
Service, the Plan Administrator will apply the deemed cash-out rule as if the 0%
Vested  Participant  received  a cash-out  distribution  on the first day of the
first Plan Year beginning after his/her Separation from Service. For purposes of
applying the restoration provisions of this Section 5.04, the Plan Administrator
will treat a  reemployed  0% Vested  Participant  as repaying  his/her  cash-out
"distribution" on the date of the Participant's re-employment with the Employer.

     5.05  ACCOUNTING  FOR CASH-OUT  REPAYMENT.  As soon as is  administratively
practicable, the Plan Administrator will credit to the Participant's Account the
cash-out amount a Participant has repaid to the Plan. Pending the restoration of
the Participant's  Account Balance, the Plan Administrator under Section 9.08(B)
may  direct the  Trustee  to place the  Participant's  cash-out  repayment  in a
temporary segregated investment Account. Unless the cash-out repayment qualifies
as a Participant rollover  contribution,  the Plan Administrator will direct the
Trustee to repay to the Participant as soon as is administratively  practicable,
the  full  amount  of  the   Participant's   cash-out   repayment  if  the  Plan
Administrator  determines  any of the  conditions  of Section  5.04(A)  prevents
restoration  as  of  the  applicable   Accounting  Date,   notwithstanding   the
Participant's repayment.

     5.06  YEAR  OF  SERVICE  -  VESTING.   For   purposes   of   determining  a
Participant's   vesting  under  Section  5.03,   "Year  of  Service"  means  the
12-consecutive  month  vesting  computation  period the  Employer  elects in its
Adoption  Agreement  during which an Employee  completes  the number of Hours of
Service (not  exceeding  1,000)  specified in the Adoption  Agreement or, if the
Plan applies the Elapsed Time Method of crediting  Vesting Service,  the vesting
computation  period for which the Employee receives credit for a Year of Service
under the Service crediting rules of Section 1.15(D). A Year of Service includes
any Year of Service completed prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, except as
provided in Section 5.08.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 20


     5.07  BREAK IN SERVICE  AND  FORFEITURE  BREAK IN  SERVICE -  VESTING.  For
purposes of this Article V, a Participant  incurs a "Break in Service" if during
any vesting  computation  period he/she does not complete more than 500 Hours of
Service or, if the Plan applies the Elapsed  Time Method of  crediting  Service,
the Participant has a Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months. If,
pursuant  to  Section  5.06,  the Plan does not  require  more than 500 Hours of
Service to receive credit for a Year of Service, a Participant incurs a Break in
Service in a vesting computation period in which he/she fails to complete a Year
of Service.  A  Participant  incurs a  Forfeiture  Break in Service  when he/she
incurs 5  consecutive  Breaks in  Service.  The Plan does not apply the Break in
Service  (one  year  hold-out)  rule for  vesting  under  Code  ss.411(a)(6)(B).
Therefore,  an  Employee  need not  complete a Year of Service  after a Break in
Service before the Plan takes into account the Employee's  otherwise  includible
pre-Break Years of Service under this Article V.

     5.08  INCLUDED  YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING.  For  purposes  of  determining
"Years of Service"  under Section 5.06, the Plan takes into account all Years of
Service an Employee completes with the Employer except:

     (a) For the sole purpose of determining a Participant's  Vested  percentage
     of his/her  Account  Balance  derived  from  Employer  contributions  which
     accrued  for  his/her  benefit  prior to a  Forfeiture  Break in Service or
     receipt of a cash-out distribution, the Plan disregards any Year of Service
     after  the  Participant  first  incurs a  Forfeiture  Break in  Service  or
     receives  a  cash-out  distribution  (except  where the Plan  Administrator
     restores the Participant's Account under Section 5.04(A)).

     (b) Consistent  with Code  ss.411(a)(4),  any Year of  Service the Employer
     elects to exclude under its Adoption Agreement.

     5.09  FORFEITURE OCCURS. A Participant's  forfeiture of his/her  non-Vested
Account Balance derived from Employer contributions occurs under the Plan on the
earlier of:

     (a) The last day of the vesting computation period in which the Participant
     first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service; or

     (b) The date the Participant receives a cash-out distribution.

     The Plan Administrator determines the percentage of a Participant's Account
Balance  forfeiture,  if any, under this Section 5.09 solely by reference to the
vesting schedule the Employer elected in its Adoption  Agreement.  A Participant
does not forfeit any portion of his/her  Account Balance for any other reason or
cause  except as expressly  provided by this  Section 5.09 or as provided  under
Section 9.11.

     5.10  RULE OF PARITY -  VESTING.  The  Employer  may elect in its  Adoption
Agreement to apply the "rule of parity" under Code  ss.411(a)(6)(D) for purposes
of  determining  vesting  Years of Service.  Under the rule of parity,  the Plan
Administrator  excludes  a  Participant's  Years  of  Service  before a Break in
Service if: (a) the number of the  Participant's  consecutive  Breaks in Service
equals or exceeds  5; and (b) the  Participant  is 0% Vested in his/her  Account
Balance derived from Employer contributions at the time he/she has the Breaks in
Service.

     5.11  AMENDMENT TO VESTING  SCHEDULE.  The Employer under Section 13.02 may
amend the Plan's vesting  schedule(s)  under Section 5.03 at any time.  However,
the Plan Administrator will not apply the amended vesting schedule to reduce any
Participant's  existing Vested  percentage  (determined on the later of the date
the Employer adopts the amendment,  or the date the amendment becomes effective)
in the  Participant's  existing  and  future  Account  Balance  attributable  to
Employer contributions, to a percentage less than the Vested percentage computed
under the Plan without regard to the amendment.  Furthermore, an amended vesting
schedule will apply to a Participant only if the Participant receives credit for
at least one Hour of Service after the new vesting schedule becomes effective.

     If the Employer amends the Plan's vesting schedule, each Participant having
completed at least 3 Years of Service (as  described  in Section  5.06) with the
Employer prior to the expiration of the election  period  described  below,  may
irrevocably elect to have the Plan Administrator determine the Vested percentage
of his/her Account Balance without regard to the amendment. The Participant must
file his/her election with the Plan  Administrator  within 60 days of the latest
of: (a) the Employer's adoption of the amendment;  (b) the effective date of the
amendment; or (c) the Participant's receipt of a copy of the amendment. The Plan
Administrator, as soon as practicable, must forward a true copy of any amendment
to the vesting  schedule to each affected  Participant,  together with a written
explanation of the effect of the amendment,  the appropriate form upon which the
Participant  may make an  election  to remain  under the  pre-amendment  vesting
schedule  and  notice  of the time  within  which the  Participant  must make an
election  to remain  under the  pre-amendment  vesting  schedule.  The  election
described in this Section  5.11 does not apply to a  Participant  if the amended
vesting  schedule  provides  for  vesting  at  least as rapid at any time as the
vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment.  For purposes of this Section
5.11, an amendment to the vesting  schedule  includes any Plan  amendment  which
directly or indirectly  affects the  computation  of the Vested  percentage of a
Participant's  Account  Balance.  Furthermore,  any shift in the Plan's  vesting
schedule under Article XII, due to a change in the Plan's top-heavy  status,  is
an amendment to the vesting schedule for purposes of this Section 5.11.

     5.12  DEFERRAL  CONTRIBUTIONS  TAKEN INTO  ACCOUNT.  If the Plan includes a
401(k)  arrangement,  the vesting  rules  described  in Article V must take into
account a Participant's deferral contributions for purposes of determining:  (1)
if a  Participant's  distribution is of his/her entire Vested Account balance as

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 21


required for a cash-out  distribution  under Section 5.04;  (2) if a Participant
repays the entire amount of a prior cash-out  distribution so the Participant is
entitled to restoration  under Section  5.04(A);  and (3) if a Participant is 0%
vested under Section 5.04(C) and under Section 5.10.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 22


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

     6.01  TIMING  OF DISTRIBUTION.   The Plan  Administrator  will  direct  the
Trustee to commence  distribution of a  Participant's  Vested Account Balance in
accordance with this Section 6.01 upon the Participant's Separation from Service
for any reason, or if the Participant exercises an in-Service distribution right
under the Plan. The Trustee may make Plan distributions on any  administratively
practicable date during the Plan Year,  consistent with the Employer's elections
in its Adoption Agreement.

(A) Distribution upon Separation from Service (other than death).

     (1) Participant's  Vested Account Balance  not exceeding  $5,000.  Upon the
Participant's  Separation from Service for any reason other than death, the Plan
Administrator  (without any requirement of Participant or spousal  consent) will
direct the  Trustee to  distribute  the  Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance
(determined in accordance  with Section  6.01(A)(6))  not exceeding  $5,000 in a
lump sum (without regard to Section 6.04), at the time specified in the Adoption
Agreement,  but in no event later than the 60th day  following  the close of the
Plan Year in which the later of the following  events occur: (a) the Participant
attains Normal Retirement Age; or (b) the Participant Separates from Service.

     (2) Participant's   Vested  Account  Balance  exceeds   $5,000.   Upon  the
Participant's  Separation from Service for any reason other than death, the Plan
Administrator,  subject to the Participant's  election to postpone  distribution
under  this  Section   6.01(A)(2)  and  the  consent   requirements  of  Section
6.01(A)(5),   will  direct  the  Trustee  to   commence   distribution   of  the
Participant's  Vested Account  Balance  (determined  in accordance  with Section
6.01(A)(6))  exceeding $5,000,  at the time specified in the Adoption  Agreement
and in a form under Section 6.03 elected by the Participant.  Any election under
this Section  6.01(A)(2) is subject to the  requirements  of Section 6.02 and of
Section 6.04.

     A Participant  eligible to make an election  under this Section  6.01(A)(2)
may elect to postpone  distribution  beyond the time the Employer has elected in
its Adoption  Agreement,  to any specified  date  including,  but not beyond the
Participant's  Required  Beginning  Date,  unless the Employer,  in its Adoption
Agreement, specifically limits a Participant's right to postpone distribution of
his/her Account Balance to the later of the date the Participant  attains age 62
or Normal  Retirement  Age. The Plan  Administrator  will reapply the notice and
consent  requirements  of  Section  6.01(A)(4)  and  Section  6.01(A)(5)  to any
distribution postponed under this Section 6.01(A)(2).

     In the absence of a  Participant's  consent and  distribution  election (as
described in Section 6.01(A)(5)) or in the absence of the Participant's election
to  postpone  distribution  prior to his/her  annuity  starting  date,  the Plan
Administrator,   consistent  with  the  Employer's  elections  in  its  Adoption
Agreement,  will treat the  Participant  as having  elected to postpone  his/her
distribution  until the 60th day  following  the close of the Plan Year in which
the latest of the following  events occurs:  (a) the Participant  attains Normal
Retirement  Age;  (b) the  Participant  attains  age 62; or (c) the  Participant
Separates from Service. At the applicable date, the Plan Administrator then will
direct the Trustee to distribute the  Participant's  Vested Account Balance in a
lump sum (or, if  applicable,  the annuity form of  distribution  required under
Section 6.04).

     (3) Disability.  If the Participant's Separation from Service is because of
his/her  Disability,  the Plan  Administrator will direct the Trustee to pay the
Participant's  Vested Account  Balance in the same manner as if the  Participant
had incurred a Separation from Service without Disability.

     (4) Distribution  notice/annuity  starting  date.  At least 30 days and not
more than 90 days prior to the  Participant's  annuity  starting  date, the Plan
Administrator  must provide a written  notice (or a summary  notice as permitted
under Treasury regulations) to a Participant who is eligible to make an election
under Section 6.01(A)(2)  ("distribution  notice"). The distribution notice must
explain  the  optional  forms of benefit  in the Plan,  including  the  material
features and relative values of those options,  and the  Participant's  right to
postpone distribution until the applicable date described in Section 6.01(A)(2).
For all purposes of this Article VI, the term "annuity  starting date" means the
first day of the first period for which the Plan pays an amount as an annuity or
in any other form but in no event is the "annuity  starting date" earlier than a
Participant's Separation from Service.

     (5) Consent  requirements/Participant  distribution election. A Participant
must consent, in writing,  following receipt of the distribution  notice, to any
distribution  under this Section 6.01, if at the time of the distribution to the
Participant,  the  Participant's  Vested Account  Balance exceeds $5,000 and the
Participant  has not  attained  the  later of Normal  Retirement  Age or age 62.
Accounts  which are  distributable  prior to the  foregoing  applicable  age are
"immediately  distributable."  Furthermore,  the Participant's  spouse also must
consent,  in writing,  to any distribution,  for which Section 6.04 requires the
spouse's consent. The Participant may reconsider his/her  distribution  election
at  any  time  prior  to  the  annuity  starting  date  and  elect  to  commence
distribution as of any other distribution date permitted under the Plan or under
the Adoption Agreement.  A Participant may elect to receive  distribution at any
administratively  practicable  time which is earlier than 30 days  following the
Participant's  receipt of the  distribution  notice,  by waiving in writing  the
balance of the 30 days.  However, if the requirements of Section 6.04 apply, the
Participant  may not elect to commence  distribution  less than 7 days following
the Participant's  receipt of the distribution  notice. The consent requirements
of this  Section  6.01(A)(5)  do not  apply  with  respect  to  defaulted  loans
described in Section 10.03(E).

     (6) Determination of  Vested Account  Balance.  For purposes of the consent
requirements  under  this  Article  VI,  the  Plan  Administrator  determines  a
Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance  as of the most  recent  valuation  date
immediately  prior  to  the  distribution  date,  and  takes  into  account  the
Participant's  entire  Account,  including  deferral  contributions.   The  Plan
Administrator  in determining  the  Participant's  Vested Account Balance at the
relevant time, will disregard a Participant's Vested Account Balance existing on
any prior date, except as the Code otherwise may require.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 23


     (7) Consent to cash-out/forfeiture. If a Participant is partially-Vested in
his/her Account Balance,  a Participant's  election under Section  6.01(A)(2) to
receive distribution prior to the Participant's  incurring a Forfeiture Break in
Service,  must be in the form of a cash-out  distribution  as defined in Section
5.04.

     (8) Return to employment.  A Participant  may not receive a distribution by
reason of Separation  from  Service,  or continue any  installment  distribution
based on a prior  Separation  from  Service,  if,  prior to the time the Trustee
actually makes the distribution,  the Participant returns to employment with the
Employer.

(B)  Distribution upon Death. In the event of the  Participant's Separation from
Service on account of death, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee,  in
accordance  with this  Section  6.01(B)  and  subject  to  Section  6.02(D),  to
distribute to the  Participant's  Beneficiary the  Participant's  Vested Account
Balance remaining in the Trust at the time of the Participant's death.

     The Plan  Administrator,  subject to the  requirements of Sections 6.04 and
6.02(D)  or to a  Beneficiary's  written  election  (if  authorized  by the next
paragraph of this Section  6.01(B)),  must direct the Trustee to  distribute  or
commence  distribution of the deceased  Participant's Vested Account Balance, as
soon as  administratively  practicable  following the Participant's death or, if
later,  the date on which the Plan  Administrator  receives  notification of, or
otherwise confirms, the Participant's death. If the Participant's Vested Account
Balance determined in accordance with Section 6.01(A)(6) does not exceed $5,000,
the Trustee will  distribute the balance in a lump sum without regard to Section
6.04. If the  Participant's  Vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000,  the Trustee
will distribute the balance subject to Section 6.02(D).

     If the Participant's  death benefit is payable in full to the Participant's
surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect distribution at any time and in
any  form  (except  a joint  and  survivor  annuity)  the  Plan  would  permit a
Participant to elect upon Separation from Service.  The  Participant,  on a form
prescribed  by the Plan  Administrator,  may  (subject  to the  requirements  of
Section 6.04) elect the payment  method or the payment term or both,  which will
apply to any Beneficiary,  including his/her surviving spouse. The Participant's
election  may limit any  Beneficiary's  right to increase  the  frequency or the
amount of any  payments.  Any payment term elected by the  Participant  must not
exceed the payment term the Code otherwise would permit the Beneficiary to elect
upon the Participant's death.

     (C) In-Service  Distribution.  The  Employer  must  elect  in its  Adoption
Agreement the distribution  election rights,  if any, a Participant has prior to
his/her  Separation  from Service  ("in-service  distribution").  Subject to any
contrary  Employer  election  in  Appendix  A  to  its  Adoption  Agreement,   a
Participant  upon  attaining age 70 1/2,  until he/she incurs a Separation  from
Service,  has a  continuing  election  to receive  all or any portion of his/her
Account Balance, including Employer contributions and Participant contributions.
If  the  Employer  elects  in  its  Adoption  Agreement  additional   in-service
distribution of any Employer  contribution  (including deferral  contributions),
the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement must specify  events or  conditions,  if
any,  applicable  to such  in-service  distributions.  For special  requirements
regarding hardship distributions, see Section 6.09. The Employer also must elect
in its Adoption Agreement the additional in-service distribution rights, if any,
a  Participant  has with  respect  to  Participant  contributions  as defined in
Section  4.01.  If a Participant  receives an  in-service  distribution  as to a
partially-Vested  Account,  and the  Participant  has not  incurred a Forfeiture
Break in Service,  the Plan  Administrator  will apply the vesting provisions of
Section 5.03(A).

     A Participant  must make any  permitted  in-service  distribution  election
under  this  Section  6.01(C) in writing  and on a form  prescribed  by the Plan
Administrator   which   specifies  the   percentage  or  dollar  amount  of  the
distribution  and the  Participant's  Plan Account  (Employer  contributions  or
Participant  contributions and type) to which the election applies.  If the Plan
permits  in-service  distributions,  a Participant only may elect to receive one
in-service  distribution  per Plan Year under this  Section  6.01(C)  unless the
election form  prescribed by the Plan  Administrator  provides for more frequent
distributions. The Trustee, as directed by the Plan Administrator and subject to
Sections  6.01(A)(4),  6.01(A)(5)  and 6.04,  will  distribute  the  amount(s) a
Participant elects in single sum, as soon as administratively  practicable after
the Participant  files his/her  in-service  distribution  election with the Plan
Administrator.  The Trustee will distribute the Participant's  remaining Account
Balance in accordance with the other provisions of this Article VI.

     The Trustee,  prior to a Participant's  Normal Retirement Age or Disability
may not make any  in-service  distribution  to the  Participant  with respect to
his/her Account Balance attributable to assets (including post-transfer earnings
on those  assets)  and  liabilities  transferred,  within  the  meaning  of Code
ss.414(l), to a profit sharing plan from a money purchase pension plan or from a
target  benefit plan qualified  under Code ss.401(a)  (other than any portion of
those assets and liabilities attributable to Employee contributions).

     6.02  REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS.

(A)  Priority of Required Minimum  Distribution.  If any distribution under this
Article VI (by Plan provision or by Participant election or nonelection),  would
commence later than the Participant's  required beginning date ("RBD"), the Plan
Administrator  instead  must  direct  the  Trustee to make  distribution  on the
Participant's  RBD,  subject only to the TEFRA  election,  if applicable,  under
Section  6.11.  The Employer in its Adoption  Agreement  Appendix B may elect to
apply a special  effective date to the RBD definition or may elect in Appendix A
to  continue to apply the RBD  definition  in effect  prior to 1997  ("pre-SBJPA
RBD").  The  Employer  in its  Adoption  Agreement  also may  elect  to  require
distribution earlier than the RBD.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 24


     (1) RBD - more than 5% owner. A Participant's  RBD is the April 1 following
the close of the calendar  year in which the  Participant  attains age 70 1/2 if
the Participant is a more than 5% owner (as defined in Code ss.416) with respect
to the Plan Year ending in that calendar  year. If a Participant  is a more than
5% owner at the close of the relevant  calendar  year, the  Participant  may not
discontinue  required minimum  distributions  notwithstanding  the Participant's
subsequent change in ownership status.

     (2) RBD - non 5% owners.  If the  Participant  is not a more than 5% owner,
his/her RBD is the April 1 following the close of the calendar year in which the
Participant incurs a Separation from Service or, if later, the April 1 following
the close of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2. If a
Participant is not a more than 5% owner,  his/her  pre-SBJPA RBD (if applicable)
is April 1 following  the close of the  calendar  year in which the  Participant
attains age 70 1/2.

     (3) Form  of  distribution.  The  Trustee  will  make  a  required  minimum
distribution  at the  Participant's  RBD in a lump sum (or, if  applicable,  the
annuity  form  of   distribution   required   under  Section  6.04)  unless  the
Participant,  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Article  VI,  makes a valid
election to receive an alternative form of payment.

(B)  Participant Transitional Elections.

     (1) Election to discontinue distributions.  A Participant who: (a) is not a
more than 5% owner; (b) had attained age 70 1/2 prior to 1997; (c) had commenced
prior to 1997 required minimum distributions under the preSBJPA RBD; and (d) has
not incurred a Separation from Service, has a continuing election to discontinue
receiving  distributions  from the Plan (which  previously were required minimum
distributions  under the Plan).  A Participant  who makes an election under this
Section  6.02(B)(1)  must  establish  a new  annuity  starting  date when he/she
recommences  payment  of  his/her  Account  Balance  under the  Plan.  A married
Participant who is subject to Section 6.04 must obtain spousal  consent:  (a) to
discontinue his/her distributions under this Section 6.04(B)(1) if distributions
are in QJSA form; and (b) to recommence  benefits in a form other than a QJSA. A
Participant  may not make any election  under this Section  6.02(B)(1)  which is
inconsistent with any QDRO applicable to the Participant's Account.

     (2) Election to postpone  distributions.  A  Participant  who: (a) is not a
more than 5% owner;  and (b) attained age 70 1/2 after 1996 (or who attained age
70 1/2 in 1996, but who had not commenced his/her required minimum distributions
in 1996) may elect under this Section  6.02(B)(2)  to postpone  distribution  of
required minimum  distributions  until the  Participant's  RBD established under
Section  6.02(A).  If the Participant  attained age 70 1/2 in 1996,  he/she must
have elected under this Section 6.02(B)(2) to postpone distributions by December
31, 1997. If the  Participant  attained age 70 1/2 after 1996,  he/she must make
the election to postpone  distribution  under this Section  6.01(B)(2) not later
than April 1 of the calendar year  following  the year in which the  Participant
attains age 70 1/2.

     (3) Election  requirements.  All  Participant   elections  made  under this
Section  6.01(B) are subject to and must be consistent  with the  Employer's RBD
elections in its Adoption  Agreement  Appendices  A and B. A  Participant  makes
his/her  election under this Section  6.02(B) in writing on a form prescribed by
the Plan Administrator.

(C) Minimum Distribution  Requirements for Participants.  The Plan Administrator
may not direct the  Trustee  to  distribute  the  Participant's  Vested  Account
Balance,  nor may the Participant elect to have the Trustee  distribute  his/her
Vested Account Balance, under a method of payment which, as of the Participant's
RBD,  does  not  satisfy  the  minimum  distribution   requirements  under  Code
ss.401(a)(9) and the applicable Treasury regulations.

     (1) Calculation of amount. The required minimum distribution for a calendar
year  ("distribution  calendar  year") equals the  Participant's  Vested Account
Balance  as of  the  latest  valuation  date  preceding  the  beginning  of  the
distribution  calendar  year (such  valuation  date being within the  "valuation
calendar year") divided by the Participant's  life expectancy or, if applicable,
the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his/her designated
Beneficiary (as determined  under Article VIII,  subject to the  requirements of
Code  ss.401(a)(9)).  The Plan  Administrator  will  increase the  Participant's
Vested  Account  Balance,  as determined  on the relevant  valuation  date,  for
contributions or forfeitures  allocated after the valuation date and by December
31  of  the  valuation  calendar  year,  and  will  decrease  the  valuation  by
distributions  made after the valuation date and by December 31 of the valuation
calendar  year.  For  purposes of this  valuation,  any portion of the  required
minimum  distribution  for the first  distribution  calendar year made after the
close  of that  year is a  distribution  occurring  in that  first  distribution
calendar year.

     (2) Recalculation.  In computing a required minimum distribution,  the Plan
Administrator  must use the unisex life expectancy  multiples under Treas.  Reg.
ss.1.72-9. The Plan Administrator,  only upon the Participant's timely election,
will compute the required minimum distribution for a distribution  calendar year
subsequent   to  the  first   distribution   calendar   year  by   redetermining
("recalculation"  of) the Participant's life expectancy or the Participant's and
spouse designated Beneficiary's life expectancies as elected.  However, the Plan
Administrator may not redetermine the joint life and last survivor expectancy of
the Participant and a nonspouse  designated  Beneficiary in a manner which takes
into account any adjustment to a life  expectancy  other than the  Participant's
life  expectancy.  A  Participant  must elect  recalculation  under this Section
6.02(C)(2) in writing and on a form the Plan Administrator prescribes, not later
than the Participant's RBD.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 25


(3)  Minimum distribution incidental benefit (MDIB). If the Participant's spouse
is not his/her  designated  Beneficiary,  a method of payment to the Participant
(whether  by  Participant  election  or by Plan  Administrator  direction)  must
satisfy the MDIB requirement under Code  ss.401(a)(9) for distributions  made on
or after the Participant's  RBD and before the  Participant's  death. To satisfy
the MDIB  requirement,  the Plan  Administrator  will compute the  Participant's
required  minimum  distribution by substituting  the applicable MDIB divisor for
the applicable life expectancy  factor,  if the MDIB divisor is a lesser number.
Following  the  Participant's  death,  the Plan  Administrator  will compute the
minimum  distribution  required  by Section  6.02(D)  solely on the basis of the
applicable life expectancy factor and will disregard the MDIB factor.

     (4) Payment  due date.  The  required  minimum  distribution  for the first
distribution calendar year is due by the Participant's RBD. The required minimum
distribution  for each  subsequent  distribution  calendar  year,  including the
calendar year in which the  Participant's  RBD occurs,  is due by December 31 of
that year.

     (5) Nontransferable  annuity. If the Participant  receives  distribution in
the form of a Nontransferable  Annuity, the distribution  satisfies this Section
6.02(C) if the contract complies with the requirements of Code ss.401(a)(9).

(D)  Minimum  Distribution   Requirements  for  Beneficiaries.   The  method  of
distribution to the Participant's Beneficiary must satisfy Code ss.401(a)(9).

     (1) Death after RBD. If the  Participant's  death occurs after  his/her RBD
(or earlier, if the Participant had commenced an irrevocable annuity pursuant to
Section 6.04), the Trustee must distribute the  Participant's  remaining benefit
to the  Beneficiary  at least as  rapidly  as under the method in effect for the
Participant,  determined  without  regard to the MDIB  requirements  of  Section
6.02(C)(3).

     (2) Death prior to RBD. If the Participant's  death occurs prior to his/her
RBD (and the  Participant had not commenced an irrevocable  annuity  pursuant to
Section  6.04),  the method of payment  to the  Beneficiary,  subject to Section
6.04,  must provide for completion of payment to the  Beneficiary  over a period
not exceeding:  (a) 5 years after the date of the Participant's death; or (b) if
the Beneficiary is a designated Beneficiary,  the designated  Beneficiary's life
expectancy.  A  designated  Beneficiary  is  a  Beneficiary  designated  by  the
Participant  or determined  under Section 8.02. The Plan  Administrator  may not
direct  payment  of the  Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance  over a  period
described  in clause  (b)  unless  the  Trustee  will  commence  payment  to the
designated  Beneficiary no later than the December 31 following the close of the
calendar year in which the  Participant's  death occurred or, if later,  and the
designated Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving spouse, December 31 of the
calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.

     If the Trustee will make distribution in accordance with clause (b) of this
Section 6.02(D)(2),  the minimum  distribution for a distribution  calendar year
equals the Participant's  Vested Account Balance as of the latest valuation date
preceding  the  beginning  of the  distribution  calendar  year  divided  by the
designated  Beneficiary's  life expectancy.  The Plan Administrator must use the
unisex life  expectancy  multiples under Treas.  Reg.  ss.1.72-9 for purposes of
applying this Section 6.02(D).

     (3) Recalculation.  The  Plan  Administrator,  only upon the  Participant's
election  (under  Section  6.02(C)(2))  or the  Participant's  surviving  spouse
designated  Beneficiary's  election, will recalculate the life expectancy of the
Participant's  surviving spouse not more frequently than annually.  However, the
Plan  Administrator  may not  recalculate  the life  expectancy  of a  nonspouse
designated  Beneficiary  after the Trustee  commences  payment to the designated
Beneficiary.  The Plan Administrator will apply this Section 6.02(D) by treating
any  amount  paid to the  Participant's  child,  which  becomes  payable  to the
Participant's  surviving spouse upon the child's  attaining the age of majority,
as paid to the  Participant's  surviving  spouse. A surviving spouse  designated
Beneficiary must elect  recalculation under this ss.6.02(D)(3) in writing and on
a form the Plan  Administrator  prescribes  not  later  than the last day of the
spouse's first distribution year.

     (4) Beneficiary  election. If the Participant under Section 6.01(B) had not
elected the payment method or payment term, the  Participant's  Beneficiary must
elect the method of  distribution  no later than the date  specified  above upon
which  the  Trustee  must  commence  distribution  to  the  Beneficiary.  If the
Beneficiary fails to elect timely a distribution  method, the Plan Administrator
must commence  distribution  within the time required for a Participant who dies
without a designated Beneficiary.

(E)  Model Amendment.  The employer in Appendix B to its Adoption  Agreement may
elect to apply the following IRS Model Amendment:

With respect to distributions under the Plan made on or after the effective date
the Employer  specifies in Appendix B to its  Adoption  Agreement,  for calendar
years  beginning  on or after  January 1, 2001,  the Plan will apply the minimum
distribution  requirements of section  401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code in
accordance  with the regulations  under section  401(a)(9) that were proposed on
January  17,  2001,  (the  "2001  Proposed  Regulations"),  notwithstanding  any
provision of the Plan to the contrary.  If the total amount of required  minimum
distributions  made to a Participant  for 2001 prior to the Appendix B effective
date are equal to or greater than the amount of required  minimum  distributions
determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then no additional distributions
are required for such  Participant  for 2001 on or after such date. If the total
amount of required minimum distributions made to a Participant for 2001 prior to
the Appendix B effective date are less than the amount determined under the 2001
Proposed Regulations, then the amount of required minimum distributions for 2001
on or after such date will be  determined  so that the total  amount of required
minimum  distributions for 2001 is the amount determined under the 2001 Proposed
Regulations.  This  amendment  shall  continue in effect until the last calendar
year  beginning  before the effective  date of final  regulations  under section
401(a)(9)  or  such  other  date as may be  published  by the  Internal  Revenue
Service.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 26


     6.03  METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION.  Subject to any contrary requirements imposed
by Sections 6.01 (including 6.01(C) regarding in-service distributions), 6.02 or
6.04, a Participant or a Beneficiary  may elect  distribution  under one, or any
combination,  of the following methods:  (a) by payment in a lump sum; or (b) by
payment in monthly,  quarterly or annual  installments  over a fixed  reasonable
period of time,  not exceeding the life  expectancy of the  Participant,  or the
joint  life  and  last  survivor  expectancy  of  the  Participant  and  his/her
designated  Beneficiary.  The Employer  may elect in its  Adoption  Agreement to
modify  the  methods of  payment  available  under  this  Section  6.03.  If the
Employer's  Plan is a restated Plan, the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement and
in accordance with Treas.  Reg.  ss.1.411(d)-4,  may elect to eliminate from the
prior Plan certain Protected Benefits.  If the Employer elects or is required to
provide an annuity, the annuity must: (1) be a Nontransferable  Annuity; and (2)
otherwise comply with the Plan terms.

     The  distribution  options  permitted under this Section 6.03 are available
only if the  Participant's  Vested Account Balance,  as determined under Section
6.01(A)(6),  exceeds  $5,000.  To  facilitate  installment  payments  under this
Article VI, the Plan Administrator  under Section 9.08(B) may direct the Trustee
to  segregate  all or  any  part  of  the  Participant's  Account  Balance  in a
segregated   investment  Account.   Under  an  installment   distribution,   the
Participant or the Beneficiary, at any time, may elect to accelerate the payment
of all, or any portion, of the Participant's unpaid Vested Account Balance.

     Pending final accounting for a valuation date, the Plan  Administrator  may
make a partial  distribution to a Participant who has incurred a Separation from
Service or to a Beneficiary.

     6.04  ANNUITY DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND TO SURVIVING SPOUSES.


(A)  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA).  The Plan  Administrator  must
direct the Trustee to  distribute  a married or unmarried  Participant's  Vested
Account Balance in the form of a QJSA, unless the Participant, and spouse if the
Participant is married,  waive the QJSA in accordance  with Section 6.05. If, as
of  the  annuity  starting  date,  the  Participant  is  married  (even  if  the
Participant  has not been married  throughout  the one year period ending on the
annuity starting date), a QJSA is an immediate annuity which is purchasable with
the  Participant's  Vested Account Balance and which provides a life annuity for
the  Participant  and a survivor  annuity  payable for the remaining life of the
Participant's surviving spouse equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity payable
during the life of the  Participant.  If, as of the annuity  starting  date, the
Participant  is not  married,  a QJSA  is an  immediate  life  annuity  for  the
Participant which is purchasable with the Participant's  Vested Account Balance.
A life annuity means an annuity  payable in equal  installments  for the life of
the Participant that terminates upon the Participant's death.

(B)  Qualified Preretirement  Survivor Annuity (QPSA). If a married  Participant
dies prior to his/her annuity starting date, the Plan  Administrator will direct
the Trustee to distribute a portion of the Participant's  Vested Account Balance
to the  Participant's  surviving spouse in the form of a QPSA,  unless:  (1) the
Participant  has a valid  waiver  election  (as  described  in Section  6.06) in
effect;  or (2) the Participant  and his/her spouse were not married  throughout
the one year period ending on the date of the Participant's  death. The Employer
in an Addendum to its Adoption  Agreement may elect not to apply the one year of
marriage  requirement  in clause (2). A QPSA is an annuity which is  purchasable
with 50% of the Participant's  Vested Account Balance (determined as of the date
of  the  Participant's  death)  and  which  is  payable  for  the  life  of  the
Participant's  surviving  spouse.  The  value  of the  QPSA is  attributable  to
Employer  contributions and to Participant  contributions in the same proportion
as  the   Participant's   Vested  Account   Balance  is  attributable  to  those
contributions.  The  portion of the  Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance not
payable as a QPSA is payable to the  Participant's  Beneficiary,  in  accordance
with the remaining provisions of this Article VI.

(C)  Surviving  Spouse Elections.  If the  Participant's  Vested Account Balance
which  the  Trustee  would  apply to  purchase  the  QPSA  exceeds  $5,000,  the
Participant's surviving spouse may elect to have the Trustee commence payment of
the QPSA at any time  following  the date of the  Participant's  death,  but not
later than the mandatory distribution periods described in Section 6.02, and may
elect any of the forms of  payment  described  in Section  6.03,  in lieu of the
QPSA.  In  the  absence  of an  election  by  the  surviving  spouse,  the  Plan
Administrator  must direct the Trustee to  distribute  the QPSA on the  earliest
administratively  practicable date following the close of the Plan Year in which
the latest of the following events occurs: (1) the Participant's  death; (2) the
date the Plan Administrator  receives  notification of or otherwise confirms the
Participant's  death;  (3) the date the  Participant  would have attained Normal
Retirement Age; or (4) the date the Participant would have attained age 62.

(D)  Effect of Waiver.  If the Participant has in effect a valid waiver election
regarding the QJSA or the QPSA, the Plan  Administrator  must direct the Trustee
to distribute  the  Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance in  accordance  with
Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03.

(E)  Loan Offset.  The Plan Administrator  will reduce the Participant's  Vested
Account  Balance  by  any  security  interest  (pursuant  to any  offset  rights
authorized  by  Section  10.03(E))  held by the Plan by reason of a  Participant
loan,  to  determine  the  value of the  Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance
distributable  in the form of a QJSA or QPSA,  provided the loan  satisfied  the
spousal consent requirement described in Section 10.03(E).

(F)  Effect of QDRO.  For purposes of applying  this Article VI, a former spouse
(in lieu of the  Participant's  current spouse) is the  Participant's  spouse or
surviving  spouse to the extent provided under a QDRO described in Section 6.07.
The  provisions  of this  Section  6.04,  and of Sections  6.05 and 6.06,  apply
separately to the portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance subject to
a QDRO and to the  portion  of the  Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance  not
subject to the QDRO.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 27


(G)  Vested Account Balance Not Exceeding $5,000. The Trustee must distribute in
a lump sum, a Participant's  Vested Account Balance which the Trustee  otherwise
under  Section  6.04 would  apply to provide a QJSA or QPSA  benefit,  where the
Participant's  Vested Account Balance  determined under Section  6.01(A)(6) does
not exceed $5,000.

(H)  Profit  Sharing Plan Exception.  If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the
Employer in its Adoption  Agreement must elect the extent to which the preceding
provisions  of Section  6.04 apply.  The  Employer  may elect to exempt from the
provisions of Section 6.04, all Participants ("Exempt  Participants") except the
following  Participants to whom Section 6.04 must be applied:  (1) a Participant
as respects whom the Plan is a direct or indirect transferee from a plan subject
to the  Code  ss.417  requirements  and the Plan  received  the  transfer  after
December 31,  1984,  unless the  transfer is an elective  transfer  described in
Section  13.07;  (2) a Participant  who elects a life annuity  distribution  (if
Section  13.02  of the  Plan  requires  the  Plan  to  provide  a  life  annuity
distribution  option);  and (3) a  Participant  whose  benefits  under a defined
benefit plan  maintained by the Employer are offset by benefits  provided  under
this  Plan.  If  the  Employer   elects  to  apply  this  Section  6.04  to  all
Participants,  the  preceding  provisions  of this  Section  6.04  apply  to all
Participants without regard to the limitations of this Section 6.04(H). Sections
6.05 and 6.06 only apply to  Participants to whom the provisions of this Section
6.04 apply.

     6.05  WAIVER  ELECTION  - QJSA.  At least 30 days and not more than 90 days
before the  Participant's  annuity  starting date, the Plan  Administrator  must
provide the Participant a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the
QJSA, the  Participant's  right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive
the QJSA benefit,  the rights of the  Participant's  spouse regarding the waiver
election and the Participant's right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of
a waiver election ("QJSA  notice").  The Plan does not limit the number of times
the  Participant may revoke a waiver of the QJSA or make a new waiver during the
election  period.  The Participant  (and his/her  spouse,  if the Participant is
married),  may revoke an election to receive a particular form of benefit at any
time until the annuity starting date.

     A married  Participant's  QJSA waiver election is not valid unless: (a) the
Participant's  spouse (to whom the survivor  annuity is payable under the QJSA),
after the Participant has received the QJSA notice,  has consented in writing to
the  waiver  election,  the  spouse's  consent  acknowledges  the  effect of the
election,   and  a  notary  public  or  the  Plan   Administrator   (or  his/her
representative)  witnesses the spouse's consent;  (b) the spouse consents to the
alternative  form of payment  designated by the  Participant or to any change in
that designated form of payment;  and (c) unless the spouse is the Participant's
sole primary Beneficiary,  the spouse consents to the Participant's  Beneficiary
designation or to any change in the Participant's  Beneficiary designation.  The
spouse's consent to a waiver of the QJSA is irrevocable,  unless the Participant
revokes the waiver  election.  The spouse may  execute a blanket  consent to the
Participant's  future payment form election or Beneficiary  designation,  if the
spouse acknowledges the right to limit his/her consent to a specific designation
but, in writing, waives that right.

     The Plan  Administrator  will accept as valid a waiver  election which does
not  satisfy  the  spousal  consent   requirements  if  the  Plan  Administrator
establishes the Participant  does not have a spouse,  the Plan  Administrator is
not  able to  locate  the  Participant's  spouse,  the  Participant  is  legally
separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of applicable state law) and
the Participant has a court order to that effect, or other  circumstances  exist
under which the  Secretary  of the  Treasury  will  excuse the  spousal  consent
requirement. If the Participant's spouse is legally incompetent to give consent,
the spouse's legal guardian (even if the guardian is the  Participant)  may give
consent.

     6.06  WAIVER ELECTION - QPSA. The Plan Administrator must provide a written
explanation of the QPSA to each married Participant ("QPSA notice"),  within the
following  period which ends last: (1) the period  beginning on the first day of
the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending on the last day
of the Plan Year in which  the  Participant  attains  age 34;  (2) a  reasonable
period after an Employee  becomes a Participant;  (3) a reasonable  period after
Section  6.04  of the  Plan  becomes  applicable  to the  Participant;  or (4) a
reasonable  period after the Plan no longer  satisfies  the  requirements  for a
fully subsidized  benefit.  A "reasonable  period" described in clauses (2), (3)
and (4) is the period  beginning  one year  before and ending one year after the
applicable event. If the Participant separates from Service before attaining age
35, clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) do not apply and the Plan  Administrator  must
provide the QPSA notice  within the period  beginning one year before and ending
one year after the Separation from Service. The QPSA notice must describe,  in a
manner  consistent  with Treasury  regulations,  the terms and conditions of the
QPSA and of the waiver of the QPSA, comparable to the QJSA notice required under
Section 6.05.  The Plan does not limit the number of times the  Participant  may
revoke a waiver of the QPSA or make a new waiver during the election period. The
election  period  for  waiver of the QPSA ends on the date of the  Participant's
death.

A Participant's  QPSA waiver  election is not valid unless:  (a) the Participant
makes the waiver election after the Participant has received the QPSA notice and
no earlier than the first day of the Plan Year in which  he/she  attains age 35;
and (b) the Participant's  spouse (to whom the QPSA is payable)  satisfies or is
excused from the consent  requirements as described in Section 6.05,  except the
spouse  need  not  consent  to the form of  benefit  payable  to the  designated
Beneficiary.  The  spouse's  consent to the  waiver of the QPSA is  irrevocable,
unless the Participant revokes the waiver election.  The spouse also may execute
a blanket  consent as described  in Section  6.05.  Irrespective  of the time of
election requirement  described in clause (a), if the Participant separates from
Service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which he/she  attains age 35,
the  Plan   Administrator   will  accept  a  waiver  election  as  respects  the
Participant's  Account Balance  attributable to his/her Service prior to his/her
Separation  from Service.  Furthermore,  if a Participant  who has not separated
from Service makes a valid waiver election, except for the timing requirement of
clause (a), the Plan  Administrator will accept that election as valid, but only
until the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 28



     6.07  DISTRIBUTIONS  UNDER  QUALIFIED  DOMESTIC  RELATIONS  ORDERS  (QDRO).
Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Plan,  the Trustee,  in accordance
with the direction of the Plan Administrator, must comply with the provisions of
a QDRO, as defined in Code ss.414(p),  which is issued with respect to the Plan.
This Plan specifically  permits  distribution to an alternate payee under a QDRO
at any time,  irrespective  of whether  the  Participant  has  attained  his/her
earliest  retirement  age (as defined  under Code  ss.414(p))  under the Plan. A
distribution  to an alternate  payee prior to the  Participant's  attainment  of
earliest   retirement   age  is  available  only  if:  (1)  the  QDRO  specifies
distribution  at that time or  permits  an  agreement  between  the Plan and the
alternate  payee to  authorize an earlier  distribution;  and (2) if the present
value of the alternate  payee's benefits under the Plan exceeds $5,000,  and the
QDRO requires,  the alternate payee consents to any distribution occurring prior
to the  Participant's  attainment of earliest  retirement  age.  Nothing in this
Section 6.07 gives a Participant a right to receive  distribution  at a time the
Plan  otherwise  does not permit nor does Section 6.07  authorize  the alternate
payee to receive a form of payment the Plan does not permit.

     The Plan  Administrator must establish  reasonable  procedures to determine
the qualified status of a domestic  relations  order.  Upon receiving a domestic
relations order, the Plan Administrator promptly will notify the Participant and
any alternate payee named in the order, in writing,  of the receipt of the order
and the Plan's  procedures for  determining  the qualified  status of the order.
Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order,
the Plan Administrator must determine the qualified status of the order and must
notify  the  Participant  and each  alternate  payee,  in  writing,  of the Plan
Administrator's determination.  The Plan Administrator must provide notice under
this paragraph by mailing to the individual's  address specified in the domestic
relations order, or in a manner consistent with DOL regulations.

     If any portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance is payable under
the domestic  relations order during the period the Plan Administrator is making
its  determination of the qualified status of the domestic  relations order, the
Plan Administrator  must maintain a separate  accounting of the amounts payable.
If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a QDRO within 18 months of the
date  amounts  first are payable  following  receipt of the  domestic  relations
order, the Plan  Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute the payable
amounts in accordance with the QDRO. If the Plan Administrator does not make its
determination  of  the  qualified  status  of  the  order  within  the  18-month
determination  period,  the  Plan  Administrator  will  direct  the  Trustee  to
distribute  the payable  amounts in the manner the Plan would  distribute if the
order  did not  exist  and  will  apply  the  order  prospectively  if the  Plan
Administrator later determines the order is a QDRO.

     To the extent it is not  inconsistent  with the provisions of the QDRO, the
Plan Administrator under Section 9.08(B) may direct the Trustee to segregate the
QDRO  amount in a  segregated  investment  account.  The  Trustee  will make any
payments or  distributions  required under this Section 6.07 by separate benefit
checks or other separate distribution to the alternate payee(s).

     6.08  DEFAULTED  LOAN - TIMING OF OFFSET. If a Participant or a Beneficiary
defaults on a Plan loan, the Plan Administrator will determine the timing of the
reduction  (offset) of the  Participant's  Vested Account  Balance in accordance
with this Section 6.08 and the Plan  Administrator's  loan policy. If, under the
loan policy a loan default  also is a  distributable  event under the Plan,  the
Trustee, at the time of the loan default,  will offset the Participant's  Vested
Account  Balance  by the  lesser of the  amount in  default  (including  accrued
interest) or the Plan's security interest in that Vested Account Balance. If the
loan is from a money purchase pension plan or from a target benefit plan and the
loan default is a  distributable  event under the loan policy,  the Trustee will
offset the Participant's  Account Balance in the manner described above, only if
the  Participant  has incurred a Separation  from Service or has attained Normal
Retirement  Age.  If the loan is under a 401(k)  arrangement,  to the extent the
loan  is  attributable  to the  Participant's  deferral  contributions  Account,
qualified matching  contributions Account,  qualified nonelective  contributions
Account or safe harbor  contributions  Account,  the Trustee will not offset the
Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance  unless the  Participant  has incurred a
Separation from Service or unless the Participant has attained age 59 1/2.

     6.09  HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION. For purposes of this Plan, unless the Employer
in its Adoption Agreement Section 6.01 elects otherwise, a hardship distribution
is a distribution on account of one or more of the following immediate and heavy
financial  needs:  (1)  expenses for medical  care  described in Code  ss.213(d)
incurred  by the  Participant,  by the  Participant's  spouse,  or by any of the
Participant's  dependents,  or necessary to obtain such medical care;  (2) costs
directly related to the purchase  (excluding  mortgage  payments) of a principal
residence of the Participant;  (3) payment of  post-secondary  education tuition
and related  educational fees (including room and board),  for the next 12-month
period,  for the Participant,  for the  Participant's  spouse, or for any of the
Participant's  dependents (as defined in Code ss.152); (4) payments necessary to
prevent the eviction of the Participant from his/her principal  residence or the
foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal residence; or (5) any
need the  Revenue  Service  prescribes  in a  revenue  ruling,  notice  or other
document of general  applicability which satisfies the safe harbor definition of
hardship under Treas. Reg. ss.1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)(A). See Section 14.11(A) if a
hardship  distribution is from a Participant's  elective  deferral  Account in a
401(k)  arrangement.  The  Employer in its Adoption  Agreement  Section 6.01 may
elect to apply Section 14.11(A) to all Plan hardship distributions.  If the Plan
permits  a  hardship  distribution  from more than one  Account  type,  the Plan
Administrator   may   determine  any  ordering  of  a   Participant's   hardship
distribution from the hardship distribution eligible Accounts.

     6.10  DIRECT ROLLOVER OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS.

(A)  Participant Election.  A Participant  (including for this purpose, a former
Employee)  may  elect,  at the time  and in the  manner  prescribed  by the Plan
Administrator,  to have any portion of his/her  eligible  rollover  distribution
from the Plan paid  directly to an eligible  retirement  plan  specified  by the
Participant in a direct rollover election.  For purposes of this Section 6.10, a
Participant includes as to their respective interests, a Participant's surviving
spouse and the  Participant's  spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee
under a QDRO.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 29


(B)  Rollover and Withholding Notice. At least 30 days and not more than 90 days
prior to the Trustee's  distribution of an eligible rollover  distribution,  the
Plan  Administrator must provide a written notice (including a summary notice as
permitted under applicable Treasury  regulations)  explaining to the distributee
the rollover option,  the applicability of mandatory 20% federal  withholding to
any amount not directly  rolled  over,  and the  recipient's  right to roll over
within  60  days  after  the  date of  receipt  of the  distribution  ("rollover
notice"). If applicable,  the rollover notice also must explain the availability
of  income  averaging  and  the  exclusion  of net  unrealized  appreciation.  A
recipient of an eligible rollover  distribution  (whether he/she elects a direct
rollover  or elects to  receive  the  distribution),  also may elect to  receive
distribution at any  administratively  practicable time which is earlier than 30
days (but not less than 7 days if Section 6.04 applies) following receipt of the
rollover notice.

(C)  Default rollover.  The Plan Administrator, in the case of a Participant who
does not respond timely to the notice described in Section  6.10(B),  may make a
direct  rollover of the  Participant's  Account (as described in Revenue  Ruling
2000-36 or in any successor  guidance) in lieu of distributing the Participant's
Account.

(D)  Definitions. The following definitions apply to this Section 6.10:

     (1) Eligible rollover  distribution.  An eligible rollover  distribution is
any  distribution  of all or any  portion  of the  balance  to the credit of the
Participant,  except an eligible rollover distribution does not include: (a) any
distribution  which is one of a series of substantially  equal periodic payments
(not less  frequently  than annually) made for the life (or life  expectancy) of
the  Participant  or  the  joint  lives  (or  joint  life  expectancies)  of the
Participant and the  Participant's  designated  beneficiary,  or for a specified
period  of ten  years  or  more;  (b) any  Code  ss.401(a)(9)  required  minimum
distribution;  (c) the portion of any  distribution  which is not  includible in
gross income  (determined  without  regard to the  exclusion  of net  unrealized
appreciation with respect to employer securities); (d) any hardship distribution
made after  December  31,  1998,  from a  Participant's  deferral  contributions
Account (except where the Participant also satisfies a non-hardship distribution
event described in Section  14.03(d));  and (e) any distribution which otherwise
would be an eligible rollover distribution, but where the total distributions to
the  Participant  during that calendar year are  reasonably  expected to be less
than $200.

     (2) Eligible  retirement plan. An eligible retirement plan is an individual
retirement account described in Code ss.408(a), an individual retirement annuity
described in Code ss.408(b),  an annuity plan described in Code ss.403(a),  or a
qualified trust described in Code ss.401(a),  which accepts the Participant's or
alternate payee's eligible  rollover  distribution.  However,  in the case of an
eligible rollover  distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible  retirement
plan is  either  an  individual  retirement  account  or  individual  retirement
annuity.

     (3) Direct  rollover.  A direct  rollover  is  a payment by the Plan to the
eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

     6.11  TEFRA ELECTIONS.  Notwithstanding  the provisions  of Sections  6.01,
6.02 and 6.03, if the Participant (or Beneficiary) signed a written distribution
designation prior to January 1, 1984,  ("TEFRA election") the Plan Administrator
must direct the Trustee to distribute the  Participant's  Vested Account Balance
in accordance  with that  election,  subject  however,  to the survivor  annuity
requirements,  if applicable, of Sections 6.04, 6.05 and 6.06. This Section 6.11
does not apply to a TEFRA election,  and the Plan  Administrator will not comply
with that election,  if any of the following applies:  (1) the elected method of
distribution  would have  disqualified  the Plan under Code  ss.401(a)(9)  as in
effect on December 31, 1983; (2) the Participant did not have an Account Balance
as of December 31, 1983;  (3) the election  does not specify the timing and form
of the distribution and the death Beneficiaries (in order of priority);  (4) the
substitution of a Beneficiary  modifies the distribution payment period; or, (5)
the Participant (or Beneficiary)  modifies or revokes the election. In the event
of a revocation,  the Trustee must distribute,  no later than December 31 of the
calendar year following the year of revocation, the amount which the Participant
would have received under Section 6.02 if the  distribution  designation had not
been in effect or, if the Beneficiary revokes the distribution designation,  the
amount  which the  Beneficiary  would have  received  under  Section 6.02 if the
distribution  designation had not been in effect.  The Plan  Administrator  will
apply this Section 6.11 to rollovers and transfers in accordance  with Part J of
the Code ss.401(a)(9) Treasury regulations.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 30



                                   ARTICLE VII
                       EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS


     7.01  INFORMATION TO PLAN  ADMINISTRATOR.  The Employer must supply current
information to the Plan  Administrator  as to the name,  date of birth,  date of
employment,  Compensation,  leaves  of  absence,  Years of  Service  and date of
Separation  from  Service of each  Employee  who is, or who will be  eligible to
become, a Participant under the Plan,  together with any other information which
the Plan Administrator  considers necessary to administer properly the Plan. The
Employer's  records as to the current  information the Employer furnishes to the
Plan Administrator are conclusive as to all persons.

     7.02  NO RESPONSIBILITY  FOR OTHERS.  Except as required  under ERISA,  the
Employer  has no  responsibility  or  obligation  under  the Plan to  Employees,
Participants  or  Beneficiaries  for any act (unless the Employer also serves in
such capacities) required of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, the Custodian,
or of any other service provider to the Plan.

     7.03  INDEMNITY OF CERTAIN FIDUCIARIES. The Employer will indemnify, defend
and hold  harmless  the Plan  Administrator  from and  against  any and all loss
resulting  from  liability to which the Plan  Administrator  may be subjected by
reason of any act or omission (except willful misconduct or gross negligence) in
its official  capacities  in the  administration  of this Trust or Plan or both,
including attorneys' fees and all other expenses reasonably incurred in the Plan
Administrator's defense, in case the Employer fails to provide such defense. The
indemnification  provisions  of  this  Section  7.03  do not  relieve  the  Plan
Administrator from any liability the Plan Administrator may have under ERISA for
breach of a fiduciary duty. Furthermore, the Plan Administrator and the Employer
may  execute  a  written  agreement  further   delineating  the  indemnification
agreement of this Section 7.03,  provided the  agreement is consistent  with and
does not violate  ERISA.  The  indemnification  provisions  of this Section 7.03
extend to any  Trustee,  third  party  administrator,  Custodian  or other  Plan
service provider solely to the extent provided by a written  agreement  executed
by such persons and the Employer.

     7.04  EMPLOYER  DIRECTION OF  INVESTMENT.  The  Employer  has the right  to
direct the Trustee with respect to the  investment and  re-investment  of assets
comprising  the Trust  Fund only if and to the extent the  Trustee  consents  in
writing to permit such direction.

     7.05  EVIDENCE.  Anyone  including  the  Employer,  required  to give data,
statements  or  other   information   relevant  under  the  terms  of  the  Plan
("evidence") may do so by certificate,  affidavit,  document or other form which
the person to act in reliance may consider pertinent,  reliable and genuine, and
to have been signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.  The Plan
Administrator and the Trustee are protected fully in acting and relying upon any
evidence described under the immediately preceding sentence.

     7.06  PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Employer is solely  responsible to determine
the proper amount of any Employer  contribution it makes to the Plan and for the
timely deposit to the Trust of the Employer's Plan contributions.

     7.07  EMPLOYER ACTION.  The Employer must take any action under the Plan in
accordance with  applicable Plan provisions and with proper  authority such that
the action is valid and under applicable law and is binding upon the Employer.

     7.08  FIDUCIARIES NOT INSURERS. The Trustee, the Plan Administrator and the
Employer  in no way  guarantee  the Trust  Fund from loss or  depreciation.  The
Employer does not guarantee the payment of any money which may be or becomes due
to any person from the Trust  Fund.  The  liability  of the  Employer,  the Plan
Administrator  and the  Trustee to make any  payment  from the Trust Fund at any
time and all times is limited to the then available assets of the Trust.

     7.09  PLAN TERMS BINDING.  The Plan is binding upon the Employer,  Trustee,
Plan  Administrator,  Custodian  (and all other service  providers to the Plan),
upon Participants, Beneficiaries and all other persons entitled to benefits, and
upon the successors and assigns of the foregoing persons.

     7.10  WORD USAGE.  Words used in the  masculine also apply to the  feminine
where  applicable,  and  wherever the context of the Plan  dictates,  the plural
includes the singular and the singular  includes the plural.  Titles of Plan and
Adoption Agreement sections are for reference only.

     7.11  STATE LAW. The law of the state of the Employer's principal  place of
business will determine all questions  arising with respect to the provisions of
the Plan,  except to the extent  superseded  by ERISA or other  federal law. The
Employer in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement and subject to applicable law,
may elect to apply the law of another state.

     7.12  PROTOTYPE PLAN STATUS.  If the Plan fails  initially to qualify or to
maintain qualification or if the Employer makes any amendment or modification to
a provision of the Plan (other than a proper completion of an elective provision
under the Adoption Agreement or the attachment of an Addendum  authorized by the
Plan or by the Adoption Agreement), the Employer no longer may participate under
this  Prototype  Plan.  The Employer  also may not  participate  (or continue to
participate)  in this  Prototype  Plan if the Trustee or Custodian does not have
the written consent of the Prototype Plan Sponsor required under Section 1.33 to
serve in the capacity of Trustee or  Custodian.  If the Employer is not entitled
to participate  under this Prototype Plan, the Plan is an  individually-designed
plan and the reliance procedures  specified in the applicable Adoption Agreement
no longer apply.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 31


     7.13  EMPLOYMENT NOT  GUARANTEED.  Nothing  contained in this Plan, or with
respect to the  establishment of the Trust, or any modification or any amendment
to the Plan or Trust, or in the creation of any Account,  or with respect to the
payment of any benefit,  gives any Employee,  Participant or any Beneficiary any
right to employment or to continued employment by the Employer,  or any legal or
equitable right against the Employer, the Trustee, the Plan Administrator or any
employee or agent thereof,  except as expressly provided by the Plan, the Trust,
ERISA or other applicable law.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 32


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS


     8.01  BENEFICIARY  DESIGNATION.   A  Participant  from  time  to  time  may
designate,  in  writing,  any  person(s)  (including  a trust or other  entity),
contingently  or  successively,  to whom the Trustee will pay the  Participant's
Vested Account  Balance  (including any life insurance  proceeds  payable to the
Participant's  Account) in the event of death. A Participant  also may designate
the form and method of payment of his/her Account.  The Plan  Administrator will
prescribe the form for the Participant's written designation of Beneficiary and,
upon the  Participant's  filing the form with the Plan  Administrator,  the form
effectively  revokes  all  designations  filed  prior  to that  date by the same
Participant.  A divorce  decree,  or a decree of legal  separation,  revokes the
Participant's  designation,  if any,  of his/her  spouse as his/her  Beneficiary
under the Plan unless: (1) the decree or a QDRO provides  otherwise;  or (2) the
Employer  provides  otherwise  in an Addendum  to its  Adoption  Agreement.  The
foregoing  revocation  provision (if applicable)  applies only with respect to a
Participant whose divorce or legal separation  becomes effective on or following
the date the Employer  executes  this Plan,  unless the Employer in its Adoption
Agreement specifies a different effective date.

(A)  Coordination with Survivor Annuity Requirements. If Section 6.04 applies to
the  Participant,  this Section 8.01 does not impose any special spousal consent
requirements on the Participant's Beneficiary designation unless the Participant
waives  the QJSA or QPSA  benefit.  If the  Participant  waives the QJSA or QPSA
benefit without spousal consent to the  Participant's  Beneficiary  designation:
(1)  any  waiver  of the  QJSA  or of the  QPSA  is not  valid;  and  (2) if the
Participant  dies prior to his/her  annuity  starting  date,  the  Participant's
Beneficiary  designation  will  apply only to the  portion of the death  benefit
which is not  payable as a QPSA.  Regarding  clause  (2),  if the  Participant's
surviving spouse is a primary  Beneficiary under the  Participant's  Beneficiary
designation, the Trustee will satisfy the spouse's interest in the Participant's
death benefit first from the portion which is payable as a QPSA.

(B) Profit  Sharing Plan  Exception.  If the Plan is a profit  sharing plan, the
Beneficiary designation of a married Exempt Participant, as described in Section
6.04(H),  is not valid  unless the  Participant's  spouse  consents (in a manner
described in Section 6.05) to the Beneficiary  designation.  The spousal consent
requirement in this Section 8.01(B) does not apply if the  Participant's  spouse
is the Participant's sole primary Beneficiary,  or if the Exempt Participant and
his/her spouse are not married throughout the one-year period ending on the date
of the Participant's death.

(C)  Incapacity of Beneficiary.  If, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, a
Beneficiary  is not  able  to care  for  his/her  affairs  because  of a  mental
condition,  physical  condition or by reason of age, the Plan Administrator will
apply the provisions of Section 10.09.

8.02 NO BENEFICIARY  DESIGNATION/DEATH OF BENEFICIARY. If a Participant fails to
name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 8.01, or if the Beneficiary  named
by a  Participant  predeceases  the  Participant,  then the Trustee will pay the
Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance in  accordance  with Section 6.03 in the
following order of priority (unless the Employer  specifies a different order of
priority in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement), to:

     (a) The  Participant's  surviving  spouse  (without  regard to the one-year
     marriage rule of Sections  6.04(B) and 8.01(B);  and if no surviving spouse
     to

     (b) The  Participant's  children  (including  adopted  children),  in equal
     shares by right of  representation  (one share for each surviving child and
     one share for each  child  who  predeceases  the  Participant  with  living
     descendents); and if none to

     (c) The Participant's surviving parents, in equal shares; and if none to

     (d) The Participant's estate.

     If the Beneficiary survives the Participant, but dies prior to distribution
of the  Participant's  entire Vested Account  Balance,  the Trustee will pay the
remaining  Vested Account Balance to the  Beneficiary's  estate unless:  (1) the
Participant's  Beneficiary  designation provides otherwise;  (2) the Beneficiary
has properly designated a beneficiary; or (3) the Employer provides otherwise in
an  Addendum to its  Adoption  Agreement.  A  Beneficiary  only may  designate a
beneficiary for the Participant's Account Balance remaining at the Beneficiary's
death, if the Participant has not previously  designated a successive contingent
beneficiary and the Beneficiary's  designation  otherwise complies with the Plan
terms.  If the Plan is a profit  sharing  plan,  and the  Plan  includes  Exempt
Participants,  the Employer may not specify a different  order of priority in an
Addendum  unless the  Participant's  surviving  spouse will be the sole  primary
Beneficiary  in the different  order of priority.  The Plan  Administrator  will
direct the  Trustee as to the method and to whom the Trustee  will make  payment
under this Section 8.02.

     8.03  ASSIGNMENT  OR  ALIENATION.  Except  as  provided  in Code  ss.414(p)
relating  to QDROs and in Code  ss.401(a)(13)  relating  to  certain  voluntary,
revocable  assignments,  judgments and settlements,  neither a Participant nor a
Beneficiary may anticipate,  assign or alienate (either at law or in equity) any
benefit  provided  under the Plan,  and the Trustee will not  recognize any such
anticipation,  assignment or alienation. Furthermore, except as provided by Code
ss.401(a)(13)  or other  applicable law, a benefit under the Plan is not subject
to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 33



     8.04  INFORMATION  AVAILABLE.  Any  Participant or Beneficiary  may examine
copies of the Plan description,  latest annual report, any bargaining agreement,
this Plan and Trust,  and any contract or any other  instrument which relates to
the establishment or administration of the Plan or Trust. The Plan Administrator
will maintain all of the items listed in this Section 8.04 in its office,  or in
such  other  place or places as it may  designate  from time to time in order to
comply  with  the  regulations   issued  under  ERISA,  for  examination  during
reasonable  business  hours.  Upon the  written  request of a  Participant  or a
Beneficiary,  the Plan Administrator must furnish the Participant or Beneficiary
with a copy of any item listed in this Section 8.04. The Plan  Administrator may
make a reasonable copying charge to the requesting person.

     8.05  CLAIMS  PROCEDURE  FOR  DENIAL  OF  BENEFITS.   A  Participant  or  a
Beneficiary  may file with the Plan  Administrator a written claim for benefits,
if  the  Participant  or  the  Beneficiary  disputes  the  Plan  Administrator's
determination   regarding  the  Participant's  or  Beneficiary's  Plan  benefit.
However,  the Plan will  distribute  only such Plan benefits to  Participants or
Beneficiaries  as  the  Plan  Administrator  in  its  discretion   determines  a
Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to. The Plan  Administrator will maintain
a separate written document as part of (or which accompanies) the Plan's summary
plan  description  explaining  the Plan's  claims  procedure.  This Section 8.05
specifically  incorporates  the written  claims  procedure  as from time to time
published  by  the  Plan  Administrator  as a  part  of the  Plan.  If the  Plan
Administrator  pursuant to the Plan's  written  claims  procedure  makes a final
written  determination  denying a Participant's or Beneficiary's  benefit claim,
the  Participant  or  Beneficiary to preserve the claim must file an action with
respect to the denied  claim not later than 180 days  following  the date of the
Plan Administrator's final determination.

     8.06  PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT. A Participant's direction of the
investment of his/her Account is subject to the provisions of this Section 8.06.
For  purposes  of  this  Section  8.06,  a  Participant  shall  also  include  a
Beneficiary where the Beneficiary has succeeded to the Participant's Account and
the Plan affords the  Beneficiary  the same  self-direction  or loan rights as a
Participant.

(A)  Trustee Authorization and Procedures. A Participant has the right to direct
the  Trustee  with  respect to the  investment  or  re-investment  of the assets
comprising the Participant's  individual Account only if the Trustee consents in
writing  to permit  such  direction.  If the  Trustee  consents  to  Participant
direction  of  investment,  the  Trustee  only will accept  direction  from each
Participant  on a written  direction of investment  form the Plan  Administrator
provides for this purpose.  The Trustee, or with the Trustee's consent, the Plan
Administrator,   may  establish  written  procedures   relating  to  Participant
direction  of  investment  under this  Section  8.06,  including  procedures  or
conditions   for   electronic   transfers  or  for  changes  in  investments  by
Participants.  The Plan  Administrator  will maintain,  or direct the Trustee to
maintain,  an  appropriate   individual  investment  Account  to  the  extent  a
Participant's Account is subject to Participant self-direction.

(B)  ERISA ss.404(c).  No Plan fiduciary (including the Employer and Trustee) is
liable for any loss or for any breach  resulting from a Participant's  direction
of the  investment  of any part of  his/her  directed  Account to the extent the
Participant's  exercise  of his/her  right to direct the  investment  of his/her
Account satisfies the requirements of ERISA ss.404(c).

(C)  Participant  Loans.  The Plan  Administrator,  to the extent  provided in a
written loan policy adopted under Section 9.04, will treat a Plan loan made to a
Participant  as a Participant  direction of investment  under this Section 8.06,
even if the Plan  otherwise  does not  permit a  Participant  to direct  his/her
Account  investments.  Where a loan is  treated as a  directed  investment,  the
borrowing  Participant's  Account alone shares in any interest paid on the loan,
and it alone  bears any expense or loss it incurs in  connection  with the loan.
The  Trustee  may  retain  any  principal  or  interest  paid  on the  borrowing
Participant's  loan in a segregated Account (as described in Section 9.08(B)) on
behalf of the borrowing  Participant  until the Trustee (or the Named Fiduciary,
in the case of a nondiscretionary  Trustee) deems it appropriate to add the loan
payments to the Participant's Account under the Plan.

(D)  Collectibles.   If  the   Trustee  consents  to  Participant  direction  of
investment  of his/her  Account,  any  post-December  31, 1981,  investment by a
Participant's directed Account in collectibles (as defined by Code ss.408(m)) is
a deemed distribution to the Participant for Federal income tax purposes.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 34



                                   ARTICLE IX
                               PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

     9.01  COMPENSATION   AND  EXPENSES.   The  Plan   Administrator  (and   any
individuals serving as Plan  Administrator) will serve without  compensation for
services  as  such,  but  the  Employer  will  pay  all  expenses  of  the  Plan
Administrator, except to the extent the Trustee properly pays for such expenses,
pursuant to Article X.

     9.02  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. If the Employer appoints one or more persons
to serve as Plan Administrator,  such person(s) shall serve until they resign by
written  notice to the  Employer or until the  Employer  removes them by written
notice. In case of a vacancy in the position of Plan Administrator, the Employer
will  exercise  any and all of the  powers,  authority,  duties  and  discretion
conferred upon the Plan Administrator pending the filling of the vacancy.

     9.03  GENERAL POWERS AND DUTIES. The Plan  Administrator  has the following
general  powers and duties  which are in  addition  to those the Plan  otherwise
accords to the Plan Administrator:

     (a) To determine the rights of eligibility of an Employee to participate in
     the Plan, all factual  questions that arise in the course of  administering
     the Plan, the value of a Participant's  Account Balance (based on the value
     of  the  Trust  assets,  as  determined  by the  Trustee)  and  the  Vested
     percentage of each Participant's Account Balance;

     (b) To adopt rules of procedure  and  regulations  necessary for the proper
     and  efficient  administration  of the  Plan,  provided  the  rules are not
     inconsistent  with  the  terms  of the  Plan,  the  Code,  ERISA  or  other
     applicable law;

     (c) To  construe  and  enforce  the  terms of the Plan  and the  rules  and
     regulations the Plan Administrator adopts,  including interpretation of the
     basic plan document, the Adoption Agreement and any document related to the
     Plan's operation;

     (d) To direct the Trustee  regarding the crediting and  distribution of the
     Trust Fund and to direct the Trustee to conduct  interim  valuations  under
     Section 10.15;

     (e) To review and render  decisions  regarding  a claim for (or denial of a
     claim for) a benefit under the Plan;

     (f) To furnish the Employer with information which the Employer may require
     for tax or other purposes;

     (g) To engage the  service of agents whom the Plan  Administrator  may deem
     advisable to assist it with the performance of its duties;

     (h) To engage the services of an Investment Manager or Managers (as defined
     in ERISA  ss.3(38)),  each of whom will have full  power and  authority  to
     manage,  acquire  or  dispose  (or  direct  the  Trustee  with  respect  to
     acquisition or disposition) of any Plan asset under such Manager's control;

     (i) To make any other  determinations  and  undertake any other actions the
     Plan   Administrator   believes  are  necessary  or  appropriate   for  the
     administration of the Plan; and

     (j) To  establish  and  maintain  a funding  standard  account  and to make
     credits  and  charges  to the  account  to the  extent  required  by and in
     accordance with the provisions of the Code.

     The  Plan  Administrator  must  exercise  all of  its  powers,  duties  and
discretion under the Plan in a uniform and  nondiscriminatory  manner.  The Plan
Administrator shall have total and complete discretion to interpret and construe
the  Plan  and  to  determine  all  questions  arising  in  the  administration,
interpretation   and  application  of  the  Plan.  Any  determination  the  Plan
Administrator  makes  under  the Plan is final  and  binding  upon any  affected
person.

     9.04  PLAN LOANS. The Plan  Administrator may, in its sole  discretion,  in
accordance  with Section  10.03(E)  establish,  amend or terminate  from time to
time, a  nondiscriminatory  policy which the Trustee must observe in making Plan
loans, if any, to Participants and to Beneficiaries.  If the Plan  Administrator
adopts a loan  policy,  the loan  policy  must be a  written  document  and must
include:  (1) the identity of the person or positions  authorized  to administer
the participant loan program; (2) the procedure for applying for a loan; (3) the
criteria for approving or denying a loan;  (4) the  limitations,  if any, on the
types and  amounts of loans  available;  (5) the  procedure  for  determining  a
reasonable  rate of interest;  (6) the types of collateral  which may secure the
loan; and (7) the events  constituting  default and the steps the Plan will take
to  preserve  Plan  assets  in the  event of  default.  A loan  policy  the Plan
Administrator  adopts under this  Section 9.04 is part of the Plan,  except that
the Plan  Administrator  may amend or  terminate  the policy  without  regard to
Section 13.02.

     9.05  FUNDING POLICY.  The Plan Administrator  will review,  not less often
than  annually,  all pertinent  Employee  information  and Plan data in order to
establish  the  funding  policy  of the Plan and to  determine  the  appropriate
methods of  carrying  out the Plan's  objectives.  The Plan  Administrator  must
communicate  periodically,  as it deems  appropriate,  to the Trustee and to any
Plan Investment Manager the Plan's short-term and long-term  financial needs for
the   coordination  of  the  Plan's   investment   policy  with  Plan  financial
requirements.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 35


     9.06  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS.  The Plan Administrator will maintain, or direct
the Trustee to maintain,  a separate Account, or multiple Accounts,  in the name
of each Participant to reflect the Participant's Account Balance under the Plan.

(A)  Forfeitures.  If a  Participant  re-enters  the Plan  subsequent to his/her
having a Forfeiture Break in Service,  the Plan  Administrator,  or the Trustee,
must maintain a separate Account for the Participant's  pre-Forfeiture  Break in
Service Account Balance and a separate Account for his post-Forfeiture  Break in
Service Account Balance,  unless the Participant's  entire Account Balance under
the Plan is 100% Vested.

     If the Plan is subject to Participant direction of investment under Section
8.06,  the Plan  Administrator  may  maintain,  or may  direct  the  Trustee  to
maintain,  a separate  temporary  forfeiture  Account in the name of the Plan to
account  for  Participant  forfeitures  which  occur  during the Plan Year.  The
Trustee will direct the investment of any separate temporary forfeiture Account.
As of each Accounting Date, or interim  valuation date, if applicable,  the Plan
Administrator  will  allocate  the net income,  gain or loss from the  temporary
forfeiture  Account,  if any, to the Accounts of the  Participants in accordance
with the provisions of Section 9.08.

(B)  Net Income, Gain or Loss. The Plan  Administrator will make its allocations
of net income,  gain or loss or request the Trustee to make its allocations,  to
the Accounts of the  Participants  in accordance  with the provisions of Section
9.08.  The Plan  Administrator  may direct the Trustee under Section  9.08(B) to
maintain a temporary segregated  investment Account in the name of a Participant
to  prevent  a  distortion  of  income,  gain  or  loss  allocations.  The  Plan
Administrator must maintain records of its activities.

     9.07  VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT BALANCE. If any or all Plan investment
accounts are pooled, each Participant's Account has an undivided interest in the
assets  comprising the pooled account.  In a pooled  account,  the value of each
Participant's  Account Balance  consists of that proportion of the net worth (at
fair  market  value) of the Trust Fund  which the net credit  balance in his/her
Account (exclusive of the cash value of incidental benefit insurance  contracts)
bears to the total net credit  balance in the  Accounts  (exclusive  of the cash
value of the incidental  benefit  insurance  contracts) of all Participants plus
the cash surrender value of any incidental  benefit insurance  contracts held by
the Trustee on the  Participant's  life. If any or all Plan investment  accounts
are  Participant  directed,  the  directing  Participant's  Account  Balance  is
comprised  of the assets held within the Account and the value of the Account is
the fair market value of such assets.  For purposes of a distribution  under the
Plan,  the  value of a  Participant's  Account  Balance  is its  value as of the
valuation date immediately preceding the date of the distribution.

     9.08  ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF NET INCOME, GAIN OR LOSS. This Section
9.08 applies solely to the  allocation of net income,  gain or loss of the Trust
Fund.  The  Plan   Administrator   will  allocate  Employer   contributions  and
Participant forfeitures, if any, in accordance with Article III.

     A  "valuation  date"  under this Plan is each:  (1)  Accounting  Date;  (2)
valuation date the Employer elects in its Adoption  Agreement  Section 10.15; or
(3) valuation date the Plan  Administrator  establishes  under Section 9.03. The
Employer in its Adoption  Agreement Section 10.15 or the Plan  Administrator may
elect alternative valuation dates for the different Account types which the Plan
Administrator  maintains  under the Plan. As of each  valuation  date,  the Plan
Administrator must adjust Accounts to reflect net income, gain or loss since the
last  valuation  date. The valuation  period is the period  beginning on the day
after the last valuation date and ending on the current valuation date.

The Plan Administrator will allocate net income, gain or loss to the Participant
Accounts in accordance with the daily valuation method,  balance forward method,
weighted average method,  or other method the Employer elects under its Adoption
Agreement.  The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect alternative methods
under which the Plan Administrator will allocate the net income, gain or loss to
the different  Account types which the Plan  Administrator  maintains  under the
Plan.  If the  Employer  in its  Adoption  Agreement  elects to apply a weighted
average  allocation method, the Plan Administrator will treat a weighted portion
of the applicable contributions as if includible in the Participant's Account as
of the beginning of the valuation  period.  The weighted  portion is a fraction,
the  numerator  of  which is the  number  of  months  in the  valuation  period,
excluding  each  month  in  the  valuation  period  which  begins  prior  to the
contribution date of the applicable contributions,  and the denominator of which
is the number of months in the  valuation  period.  The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement  may elect to  substitute  a  weighting  period  other than months for
purposes of this weighted  average  allocation.  If the Employer in its Adoption
Agreement  elects to apply the daily valuation  method,  the Plan  Administrator
will  allocate  the net  income,  gain or loss on each day of the Plan  Year for
which  Plan  assets  are  valued on an  established  market  and the  Trustee is
conducting  business.  If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply
the  balance  forward  method,  the Plan  Administrator  first  will  adjust the
Participant  Accounts,  as those  Accounts stood at the beginning of the current
valuation period, by reducing the Accounts for any forfeitures arising under the
Plan,  for  amounts  charged  during the  valuation  period to the  Accounts  in
accordance with Section 9.10 (relating to distributions and to loan disbursement
payments) and Section 11.01 (relating to insurance  premiums),  and for the cash
value of incidental benefit insurance  contracts.  The Plan Administrator  then,
subject to the  restoration  allocation  requirements of the Plan, will allocate
the net income, gain or loss pro rata to the adjusted Participant Accounts.  The
allocable  net income,  gain or loss is the net income (or net loss),  including
the  increase or decrease  in the fair  market  value of assets,  since the last
valuation date.

(A)  Trust Fund (Pooled) Investment Accounts.  A pooled investment account is an
Account which is not a segregated investment Account or an individual investment
Account.

(B)  Segregated Investment Accounts.  A segregated  investment Account  receives
all income it earns and bears all  expense or loss it  incurs.  Pursuant  to the
Plan  Administrator's  direction,  the Trustee may establish for a Participant a
segregated  investment  Account to prevent a distortion of Plan income,  gain or
loss  allocations  or for such  other  purposes  as the Plan  Administrator  may
direct.  The Trustee will invest the assets of a segregated  investment  Account
consistent with such purposes. As of each valuation date, the Plan Administrator
must reduce a segregated  Account for any forfeiture  arising under Section 5.09
after  the Plan  Administrator  has  made  all  other  allocations,  changes  or
adjustments to the Account for the valuation period.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 36



(C)  Individual (Directed) Investment Accounts. An individual investment Account
is an Account  which is subject to  Participant  or  Beneficiary  self-direction
under  Section 8.06. An  individual  investment  Account  receives all income it
earns and bears all expense or loss it incurs.  As of each  valuation  date, the
Plan  Administrator must reduce an individual Account for any forfeiture arising
from Section 5.09 after the Plan  Administrator has made all other  allocations,
changes or adjustment to the Account for the valuation period.

(D)  Code ss.415 Excess Amounts.  An Excess Amount or suspense account described
in Part 2 of Article III does not share in the allocation of net income, gain or
loss described in this Section 9.08.

(E)  Interest Adjustment.  Any  distribution  (other than a distribution  from a
segregated or individual Account) made to a Participant or Beneficiary more than
90 days after the most recent  valuation date may include interest on the amount
of the  distribution  as an expense of the Trust  Fund.  The  interest,  if any,
accrues from such valuation date to the date of the distribution at the rate the
Employer specifies in its Adoption Agreement.

(F)  Contributions Prior to Accrual.  If the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement
elects to impose one or more  allocation  conditions  under Section 3.06 and the
Employer  contributes to the Plan amounts which at the time of the  contribution
have not accrued under the Plan terms ("preaccrual contributions"),  the Trustee
will  hold the  preaccrual  contributions  in the  Trust  and will  invest  such
contributions  as the Trustee  determines,  pending  accrual and  allocation  to
Participant Accounts.  When the Plan Administrator allocates to Participants who
have  satisfied the Plan's  allocation  conditions  the  Employer's  pre-accrual
contributions, the Plan Administrator also will allocate the net income, gain or
loss thereon pro rata in relation to each Participant's share of the pre-accrual
contribution.

     9.09  INDIVIDUAL STATEMENT.  As soon  as practicable  after the  Accounting
Date of each  Plan  Year,  but  within  the time  prescribed  by  ERISA  and the
regulations under ERISA, the Plan Administrator will deliver to each Participant
(and to each  Beneficiary)  a  statement  reflecting  the  condition  of his/her
Account  Balance in the Trust as of that date and such other  information  ERISA
requires be furnished the Participant or the Beneficiary. No Participant, except
the Plan  Administrator,  has the right to inspect  the records  reflecting  the
Account of any other Participant.

     9.10  ACCOUNT CHARGED.  The Plan  Administrator will charge a Participant's
Account for all  distributions  made from that  Account to the  Participant,  to
his/her Beneficiary or to an alternate payee,  including a disbursement  payment
for a Participant loan. The Plan Administrator, except as prohibited by the Code
or  ERISA,  also  will  charge  a  Participant's   Account  for  any  reasonable
administrative expenses incurred by the Plan directly related to that Account.

     9.11  LOST PARTICIPANTS.  If the Plan Administrator is unable to locate any
Participant or Beneficiary whose Account becomes  distributable under Article VI
or under Section 13.06 (a "lost Participant"), the Plan Administrator will apply
the provisions of this Section 9.11.

(A)  Attempt  to  Locate.  The  Plan  Administrator  will use one or more of the
following  methods  to  attempt  to  locate a lost  Participant:  (1)  provide a
distribution  notice to the lost  Participant  at his/her last known  address by
certified or registered mail; (2) use of the IRS letter forwarding program under
Rev. Proc. 94-22; (3) use of a commercial locator service, the internet or other
general search method; or (4) use of the Social Security  Administration  search
program.

(B)  Failure to Locate.  If a lost  Participant remains  unlocated  for 6 months
following the date of the Plan  Administrator  first attempts to locate the lost
Participant using one or more of the methods  described in Section 9.11(A),  the
Plan  Administrator  may forfeit  the lost  Participant's  Account.  If the Plan
Administrator will forfeit the lost Participant's Account, the forfeiture occurs
at the end of the above-described 6 month period and the Plan Administrator will
allocate the forfeiture in accordance  with Section 3.05. If a lost  Participant
whose Account was forfeited  thereafter at any time but before the Plan has been
terminated makes a claim for his/her forfeited  Account,  the Plan Administrator
will  restore  the  forfeited  Account to the same  dollar  amount as the amount
forfeited,  unadjusted for net income,  gains or losses occurring  subsequent to
the  forfeiture.  The Plan  Administrator  will make the restoration in the Plan
Year in which the lost Participant  makes the claim,  first from the amount,  if
any, of Participant  forfeitures the Plan Administrator otherwise would allocate
for the Plan Year, then from the amount, if any, of Trust net income or gain for
the Plan  Year and last  from the  amount  or  additional  amount  the  Employer
contributes  to the  Plan  for  the  Plan  Year.  The  Plan  Administrator  will
distribute the restored  Account to the lost  Participant not later than 60 days
after the close of the Plan Year in which the Plan  Administrator  restores  the
forfeited  Account.  The Plan  Administrator  under this  Section  9.11(B)  will
forfeit  the  entire  Account  of  the  lost  Participant,   including  deferral
contributions and Participant contributions.

(C)  Nonexclusivity and Uniformity.  The provisions of Section 9.11 are intended
to provide  permissible  but not exclusive means for the Plan  Administrator  to
administer the Accounts of lost Participants. The Plan Administrator may utilize
any other  reasonable  method to locate lost  Participants and to administer the
Accounts of lost  Participants,  including  the default  rollover  under Section
6.10(C) and such other methods as the Revenue Service or the U.S.  Department of
Labor  ("DOL")  may in the future  specify.  The Plan  Administrator  will apply
Section 9.11 in a reasonable,  uniform and nondiscriminatory  manner, but may in
determining a specific course of action as to a particular  Account,  reasonably
take  into  account  differing  circumstances  such  as  the  amount  of a  lost
Participant's  Account,  the expense in attempting to locate a lost Participant,
the Plan Administrator's  ability to establish and the expense of establishing a
rollover  IRA,  and other  factors.  The Plan  Administrator  may  charge to the
Account  of a lost  Participant  the  reasonable  expenses  incurred  under this
Section 9.11 and which are associated with the lost Participant's Account.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 37


     9.12  PLAN  CORRECTION.  The Plan  Administrator  in  conjunction  with the
Employer may undertake such correction of Plan errors as the Plan  Administrator
deems necessary,  including correction to preserve tax qualification of the Plan
under Code  ss.401(a)  or to correct a fiduciary  breach  under  ERISA.  Without
limiting the Plan Administrator's  authority under the prior sentence,  the Plan
Administrator,  as it determines to be reasonable and appropriate, may undertake
correction of Plan document,  operational,  demographic and employer eligibility
failures  under a  method  described  in the Plan or under  the  Employee  Plans
Compliance  Resolution  System ("EPCRS") or any successor  program to EPCRS. The
Plan Administrator,  as it determines to be reasonable and appropriate, also may
undertake or assist the  appropriate  fiduciary or plan official in  undertaking
correction  of a fiduciary  breach,  including  correction  under the  Voluntary
Fiduciary  Correction  Program  ("VFC") or any successor  program to VFC. If the
Plan  includes  a 401(k)  arrangement,  the Plan  Administrator  to  correct  an
operational  error may require the Trustee to distribute  from the Plan elective
deferrals  or vested  matching  contributions,  including  earnings,  where such
amounts  result from an  operational  error other than a failure of Code ss.415,
Code ss.402(g),  a failure of the ADP or ACP tests, or a failure of the multiple
use limitation.

     9.13  NO  RESPONSIBILITY FOR OTHERS.  Except as  required under ERISA,  the
Plan  Administrator  has no  responsibility  or  obligation  under  the  Plan to
Participants or Beneficiaries  for any act (unless the Plan  Administrator  also
serves in such capacities) required of the Employer,  the Trustee, the Custodian
or of any other  service  provider to the Plan.  The Plan  Administrator  is not
responsible  to collect any  required  plan  contribution  or to  determine  the
correctness   or   deductibility   or  any  Employer   contribution.   The  Plan
Administrator in  administering  the Plan is entitled to, but is not required to
rely upon, information which a Participant, Beneficiary, Trustee, Custodian, the
Employer, a Plan service provider or representatives thereof provide to the Plan
Administrator.

     9.14  NOTICE, DESIGNATION,  ELECTION, CONSENT AND WAIVER. All notices under
the Plan and all Participant or Beneficiary designations, elections, consents or
waivers must be in writing and made in a form the Plan  Administrator  specifies
or otherwise approves.  To the extent permitted by Treasury regulations or other
applicable  guidance,  any Plan  notice,  election,  consent  or  waiver  may be
transmitted  electronically.  Any person  entitled to notice  under the Plan may
waive the notice or shorten the notice  period  except as otherwise  required by
the Code or ERISA.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 38


                                    ARTICLE X
                    TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

     10.01 ACCEPTANCE.  The Trustee accepts the Trust created under the Plan and
agrees to perform the obligations imposed. The Trustee must provide bond for the
faithful  performance  of its duties  under the Trust to the extent  required by
ERISA.

     10.02 RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Trustee is accountable to the Employer
for the Plan contributions  made by the Employer,  but the Trustee does not have
any duty to ensure that the contributions received comply with the provisions of
the Plan.  The  Trustee is not  obliged to collect  any  contributions  from the
Employer,  nor is the Trustee obliged to ensure that funds deposited with it are
deposited according to the provisions of the Plan.

     10.03 INVESTMENT POWERS.

(A)  Discretionary  Trustee  Designation.  If  the  Employer,  in  its  Adoption
Agreement,  designates  the Trustee to administer  the Trust as a  discretionary
Trustee,  then the Trustee has full  discretion and authority with regard to the
investment  of the Trust  Fund,  except  with  respect to a Plan asset under the
control or the  direction  of a properly  appointed  Investment  Manager or with
respect  to a  Plan  asset  properly  subject  to  Employer,  or to  Participant
direction of investment.  The Trustee must coordinate its investment policy with
Plan  financial  needs  as  communicated  to it by the Plan  Administrator.  The
Trustee is authorized  and  empowered,  but not by way of  limitation,  with the
following powers, rights and duties:

     (a) To invest consistent with and subject to applicable law any part or all
     of the Trust Fund in any common or preferred stocks, open-end or closed-end
     mutual funds (including  proprietary funds), put and call options traded on
     a national exchange,  United States retirement plan bonds, corporate bonds,
     debentures,  convertible debentures, commercial paper, U.S. Treasury bills,
     U.S. Treasury notes and other direct or indirect  obligations of the United
     States  Government  or its  agencies,  improved or  unimproved  real estate
     situated in the United States, limited partnerships, insurance contracts of
     any type, mortgages, notes or other property of any kind, real or personal,
     to buy or sell options on common stock on a nationally  recognized exchange
     with or  without  holding  the  underlying  common  stock,  to open  and to
     maintain  margin  accounts,  to  engage  in  short  sales,  to buy and sell
     commodities,  commodity  options and contracts  for the future  delivery of
     commodities,   and  to  make  any  other   investments  the  Trustee  deems
     appropriate, as a prudent person would do under like circumstances with due
     regard for the purposes of this Plan.  Any  investment  made or retained by
     the  Trustee in good faith is proper but must be of a kind  constituting  a
     diversification considered by law suitable for trust investments.

     (b) To retain in cash so much of the Trust Fund as it may deem advisable to
     satisfy  liquidity  needs of the Plan and to  deposit  any cash held in the
     Trust Fund in a bank account at reasonable interest.

     (c) To invest,  if the Trustee is a bank or similar  financial  institution
     supervised  by the United  States or by a state,  in any type of deposit of
     the Trustee (or of a bank related to the Trustee within the meaning of Code
     ss.414(b))  at a reasonable  rate of interest or in a common trust fund, as
     described  in  Code  ss.584,  or  in  a  collective  investment  fund,  the
     provisions of which govern the investment of such assets and which the Plan
     incorporates  by this  reference,  which the Trustee (or its affiliate,  as
     defined  in  Code  ss.1504)   maintains   exclusively  for  the  collective
     investment  of money  contributed  by the bank  (or the  affiliate)  in its
     capacity as trustee and which  conforms to the rules of the  Comptroller of
     the Currency.

     (d) To manage,  sell, contract to sell, grant options to purchase,  convey,
     exchange,  transfer,  abandon,  improve, repair, insure, lease for any term
     even though  commencing  in the future or extending  beyond the term of the
     Trust,  and  otherwise  deal with all property,  real or personal,  in such
     manner,  for such  considerations  and on such terms and  conditions as the
     Trustee decides.

     (e) To  credit  and  distribute  the  Trust  Fund as  directed  by the Plan
     Administrator.  The  Trustee is not  obliged  to inquire as to whether  any
     payee or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the distribution
     is proper or within  the terms of the Plan,  or as to the  manner of making
     any payment or  distribution.  The Trustee is accountable  only to the Plan
     Administrator  for any payment or distribution  made by it in good faith on
     the order or direction of the Plan Administrator.

     (f) To borrow money, to assume indebtedness,  extend mortgages and encumber
     by mortgage or pledge.

     (g) To compromise, contest, arbitrate or abandon claims and demands, in the
     Trustee's discretion.

     (h) To have with  respect to the Trust all of the  rights of an  individual
     owner, including the power to exercise any and all voting rights associated
     with Trust assets,  to give proxies,  to  participate in any voting trusts,
     mergers,  consolidations or liquidations,  to tender shares and to exercise
     or sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights.

     (i) To lease for oil, gas and other mineral  purposes and to create mineral
     severances by grant or  reservation;  to pool or unitize  interests in oil,
     gas and other  minerals;  and to enter  into  operating  agreements  and to
     execute division and transfer orders.

     (j) To hold any  securities or other property in the name of the Trustee or
     its nominee,  with depositories or agent depositories or in another form as
     it may deem best, with or without disclosing the trust relationship.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 39


     (k) To  perform  any  and  all  other  acts in its  judgment  necessary  or
     appropriate  for the proper and  advantageous  management,  investment  and
     distribution of the Trust.

     (l) To  retain  any  funds  or  property  subject  to any  dispute  without
     liability  for the payment of  interest,  and to decline to make payment or
     delivery of the funds or property  until a court of competent  jurisdiction
     makes final adjudication.

     (m) To file all information and tax returns required of the Trustee.

     (n) To  furnish to the  Employer  and to the Plan  Administrator  an annual
     statement  of  account  showing  the  condition  of the Trust  Fund and all
     investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by the
     Trustee  during the Plan Year covered by the statement and also stating the
     assets of the Trust held at the end of the Plan Year,  which  accounts  are
     conclusive   on  all   persons,   including   the  Employer  and  the  Plan
     Administrator,  except as to any act or  transaction  concerning  which the
     Employer  of  the  Plan  Administrator   files  with  the  Trustee  written
     exceptions or  objections  within 90 days after the receipt of the accounts
     or for which ERISA authorizes a longer period within which to object.

     (o) To begin,  maintain or defend any  litigation  necessary in  connection
     with the  administration of the Plan, except the Trustee is not obliged nor
     required to do so unless indemnified to its satisfaction.

(B)  Nondiscretionary  Trustee  Designation/  Appointment  of Custodian.  If the
Employer,  in its Adoption  Agreement,  designates the Trustee to administer the
Trust  as a  nondiscretionary  Trustee,  then  the  Trustee  will  not  have any
discretion or authority  with regard to the  investment  of the Trust Fund,  but
must  act  solely  as a  directed  trustee  of the  funds  contributed  to it. A
nondiscretionary  Trustee, as directed trustee of the funds held by it under the
Plan, is authorized  and  empowered,  by way of  limitation,  with the following
powers, rights and duties, each of which the nondiscretionary  Trustee exercises
solely as directed trustee in accordance with the written direction of the Named
Fiduciary  (except to the extent a Plan asset is subject to the  control and the
management of a properly appointed  Investment Manager or subject to Employer or
Participant direction of investment):


     (a) To invest any part or all of the Trust Fund in any common or  preferred
     stocks,  open-end or closed-end mutual funds (including proprietary funds),
     put  and  call  options  traded  on  a  national  exchange,  United  States
     retirement plan bonds, corporate bonds, debentures, convertible debentures,
     commercial paper, U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and other direct
     or indirect  obligations  of the United States  Government or its agencies,
     improved or unimproved real estate  situated in the United States,  limited
     partnerships,  insurance contracts of any type,  mortgages,  notes or other
     property of any kind,  real or  personal,  to buy or sell options on common
     stock on a nationally  recognized  options exchange with or without holding
     the underlying  common stock, to open and to maintain margin  accounts,  to
     engage in short sales, to buy and sell  commodities,  commodity options and
     contracts  for the future  delivery of  commodities,  and to make any other
     investments the Named Fiduciary deems appropriate.

     (b) To retain in cash so much of the Trust Fund as the Named  Fiduciary may
     direct in writing to satisfy liquidity needs of the Plan and to deposit any
     cash held in the Trust Fund in a bank account at reasonable interest.

     (c) To invest,  if the Trustee is a bank or similar  financial  institution
     supervised  by the United  States or by a State,  in any type of deposit of
     the Trustee (or of a bank related to the Trustee within the meaning of Code
     ss.414(b))  at a reasonable  rate of interest or in a common trust fund, as
     described  in  Code  ss.584,  or  in  a  collective  investment  fund,  the
     provisions of which govern the investment of such assets and which the Plan
     incorporates  by this  reference,  which the Trustee (or its affiliate,  as
     defined  in  Code  ss.1504)   maintains   exclusively  for  the  collective
     investment  of money  contributed  by the bank  (or the  affiliate)  in its
     capacity as trustee and which  conforms to the rules of the  Comptroller of
     the Currency.

     (d) To sell, contract to sell, grant options to purchase, convey, exchange,
     transfer,  abandon, improve, repair, insure, lease for any term even though
     commencing  in the future or  extending  beyond the term of the Trust,  and
     otherwise  deal with all property,  real or personal,  in such manner,  for
     such considerations and on such terms and conditions as the Named Fiduciary
     directs in writing.

     (e) To  credit  and  distribute  the  Trust  Fund as  directed  by the Plan
     Administrator.  The  Trustee is not  obliged  to inquire as to whether  any
     payee or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the distribution
     is proper or within  the terms of the Plan,  or as to the  manner of making
     any payment or  distribution.  The Trustee is accountable  only to the Plan
     Administrator  for any payment or distribution  made by it in good faith on
     the order or the direction of the Plan Administrator.



     (f) To borrow money, to assume indebtedness,  extend mortgages and encumber
     by mortgage or pledge in  accordance  with and at the written  direction of
     the Named Fiduciary.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 40



     (g) To have with  respect to the Trust all of the  rights of an  individual
     owner, including the power to exercise any and all voting rights associated
     with Trust assets,  to give proxies,  to  participate in any voting trusts,
     mergers,  consolidations or liquidations,  to tender shares and to exercise
     or sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights,  provided the exercise of
     any such powers is in accordance  with and at the written  direction of the
     Named Fiduciary.

     (h) To lease for oil, gas and other mineral  purposes and to create mineral
     severances by grant or  reservation;  to pool or unitize  interests in oil,
     gas and other  minerals;  and to enter  into  operating  agreements  and to
     execute  division  and transfer  orders,  provided the exercise of any such
     powers is in  accordance  with and at the  written  direction  of the Named
     Fiduciary.

     (i) To  hold  any  securities  or   other  property  in  the  name  of  the
     nondiscretionary  Trustee  or  its  nominee,  with  depositories  or  agent
     depositories  or in  another  form as the  Named  Fiduciary  may  direct in
     writing, with or without disclosing the custodial relationship.

     (j) To  retain  any  funds  or  property  subject  to any  dispute  without
     liability  for the payment of  interest,  and to decline to make payment or
     delivery of the funds or property  until a court of competent  jurisdiction
     makes final adjudication.

     (k) To file all information and tax returns required of the Trustee.

     (l) To  furnish  to  the  Named  Fiduciary,   the  Employer  and  the  Plan
     Administrator  an annual  statement of account showing the condition of the
     Trust  Fund  and  all  investments,   receipts,   disbursements  and  other
     transactions effected by the nondiscretionary  Trustee during the Plan Year
     covered by the  statement  and also stating the assets of the Trust held at
     the end of the Plan Year,  which  accounts are  conclusive  on all persons,
     including  the Named  Fiduciary,  the Employer and the Plan  Administrator,
     except as to any act or transaction  concerning  which the Named Fiduciary,
     the  Employer  or the Plan  Administrator  files with the  nondiscretionary
     Trustee written  exceptions or objections  within 90 days after the receipt
     of the accounts or for which ERISA  authorizes a longer period within which
     to object.

     (m) To begin,  maintain or defend any  litigation  necessary in  connection
     with the  administration of the Plan, except the Trustee is not obliged nor
     required to do so unless indemnified to its satisfaction.

     Appointment  of Custodian.  The Employer may appoint a Custodian  under the
Plan,  the  acceptance by the Custodian  indicated on the execution  page of the
Adoption Agreement.  If the Employer appoints a Custodian,  the Plan must have a
discretionary  Trustee,  as described in Section  10.03(A).  A Custodian has the
same powers,  rights and duties as a nondiscretionary  Trustee,  as described in
this Section 10.03(B).  The Custodian accepts the terms of the Plan and Trust by
executing the Adoption Agreement. Any reference in the Plan to a Trustee also is
a reference to a Custodian where the context of the Plan dictates.  A limitation
of the Trustee's  liability by Plan  provision  also acts as a limitation of the
Custodian's  liability.  Any action taken by the Custodian at the  discretionary
Trustee's  direction  satisfies  any  provision  in the  Plan  referring  to the
Trustee's taking that action.


Modification   of   Powers/Limited   Responsibility.   The   Employer   and  the
nondiscretionary Trustee (or the Custodian), in writing, may limit the powers of
the  Custodian  or the  nondiscretionary  Trustee to any  combination  of powers
listed   within  this   Section   10.03(B).   If  there  is  a  Custodian  or  a
nondiscretionary  Trustee under the Plan,  then the  Employer,  in adopting this
Plan  acknowledges the Custodian or the  nondiscretionary  Trustee does not have
any discretion with respect to the investment or the  re-investment of the Trust
Fund and the  Custodian or the  nondiscretionary  Trustee is acting  solely as a
custodian or as a directed  trustee with  respect to the assets  comprising  the
Trust Fund.

(C)  Limitation of Powers of Certain Custodians. If a Custodian is a bank which,
under its governing  state law, does not possess trust powers,  then  Paragraphs
(a), (c) as it relates to common  trust funds or  collective  investment  funds,
(d), (f), (g) and (h) of Section  10.03(B),  Section 10.17 and Article XI do not
apply to that  bank and  that  bank  only has the  power  and the  authority  to
exercise the remaining powers, rights and duties under Section 10.03(B).

(D)  Named Fiduciary/Limitation  of  Liability  of  Nondiscretionary  Trustee or
Custodian.  The Named Fiduciary under the Plan has the sole  responsibility  for
the management and the control of the Trust Fund,  except with respect to a Plan
asset  under the control or the  direction  of a properly  appointed  Investment
Manager or with  respect  to a Plan asset  properly  subject to  Participant  or
Employer  direction  of  investment.  If the Employer  appoints a  discretionary
Trustee,  the Named  Fiduciary  is the  discretionary  Trustee.  If the Employer
appoints a Custodian,  the Named Fiduciary is the discretionary Trustee. Under a
nondiscretionary Trustee designation,  unless the Employer designates in writing
another person or persons to serve as Named Fiduciary, the Named Fiduciary under
the Plan is the  president of a corporate  Employer,  the managing  partner of a
partnership  Employer,  the  managing  member  of a  limited  liability  company
Employer  or the sole  proprietor,  as  appropriate.  The Named  Fiduciary  will
exercise  its  management  and  control of the Trust Fund  through  its  written
direction to the nondiscretionary Trustee or to the Custodian, whichever applies
to the Plan.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 41


     The  nondiscretionary  Trustee or the  Custodian  does not have any duty to
review or to make  recommendations  regarding  investments  made at the  written
direction of the Named Fiduciary.  The nondiscretionary Trustee or the Custodian
must  retain any  investment  obtained  at the  written  direction  of the Named
Fiduciary until further directed in writing by the Named Fiduciary to dispose of
such investment.  The nondiscretionary Trustee or the Custodian is not liable in
any  manner  or for  any  reason  for  making,  retaining  or  disposing  of any
investment  pursuant  to any  written  direction  of the  Named  Fiduciary.  The
Employer will  indemnify,  defend and hold the  nondiscretionary  Trustee or the
Custodian  harmless from any damages,  costs or expenses,  including  reasonable
attorneys' fees, which the  nondiscretionary  Trustee or the Custodian may incur
as a result of any claim  asserted  against the  nondiscretionary  Trustee,  the
Custodian  or  the  Trust  arising  out  of the  nondiscretionary  Trustee's  or
Custodian's full and timely  compliance with any written  direction of the Named
Fiduciary.

(E)  Participant  Loans.  This  Section  10.03(E)  specifically  authorizes  the
Trustee  to make loans on a  nondiscriminatory  basis to a  Participant  or to a
Beneficiary  in  accordance  with  the  loan  policy  established  by  the  Plan
Administrator,  provided:  (1) the loan policy  satisfies  the  requirements  of
Section 9.04; (2) loans are available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a
reasonably equivalent basis and are not available in a greater amount for Highly
Compensated Employees than for Nonhighly Compensated Employees;  (3) any loan is
adequately  secured  and  bears a  reasonable  rate of  interest;  (4) the  loan
provides for repayment  within a specified  time  (however,  the loan policy may
suspend loan payments pursuant to Code  ss.414(u)(4)) or otherwise in accordance
with applicable  Treasury  Regulations);  (5) the default provisions of the note
permit offset of the Participant's  Vested Account Balance only at the time when
the Participant has a distributable  event under the Plan, but without regard to
whether the  Participant  consents to  distribution as otherwise may be required
under  Section  6.01(A)(5);  (6) the  amount of the loan does not exceed (at the
time the Plan extends the loan) the present  value of the  Participant's  Vested
Account Balance;  and (7) the loan otherwise  conforms to the exemption provided
by Code ss.4975(d)(1).  The loan policy may provide a Participant's loan default
is a distributable  event with respect to the defaulted amount,  irrespective of
whether the Participant otherwise has incurred a distributable event at the time
of default,  except as to amounts which the  Participant  used to secure his/her
loan which remain subject to  distribution  restrictions  under Section 14.11 or
are money purchase pension plan or target benefit plan balances which may not be
distributed  in-service  at the  time of  default.  If the  joint  and  survivor
requirements  of Article VI apply to the  Participant,  the  Participant may not
pledge any portion of his/her  Account  Balance as security  for a loan  unless,
within the 90 day period ending on the date the pledge  becomes  effective,  the
Participant's  spouse,  if any,  consents (in a manner described in Section 6.05
other than the  requirement  relating to the consent of a subsequent  spouse) to
the security or, by separate consent, to an increase in the amount of security.

     A Participant who is an  Owner-Employee  (including other persons described
in Code ss.4975(f)(6)),  or who is a Shareholder-Employee may not receive a loan
from the Plan,  unless  he/she has obtained a prohibited  transaction  exemption
from the DOL.

(F)  Investment in Qualifying  Employer Securities and Qualifying  Employer Real
Property.  The  Trustee  (or as  applicable,  Investment  Manager,  Employer  or
Participant)  may invest in  qualifying  Employer  securities  or in  qualifying
Employer real property, as defined in and as limited by ERISA. If the Employer's
Plan is a profit sharing plan, the aggregate  investments in qualifying Employer
securities and in qualifying  Employer real property may exceed 10% of the value
of Plan assets, unless the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to restrict
such  investments to 10% (or to some other  percentage which is less than 100%).
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  except where permitted under ERISA ss.407(b)(2),
if  the  Plan  includes  a  401(k)   arrangement,   a   participant's   Deferral
Contributions  Account  accumulated in Plan Years  beginning  after December 31,
1998,  including  earnings  thereon,  may  not  be  invested  more  than  10% in
qualifying  employer  securities and qualifying  employer real property,  unless
such   investments  are  directed  by  the  Participant  or  the   Participant's
Beneficiary.

(G)  Modifications to or Substitution of Trust. The Employer in its Standardized
Adoption  Agreement  may not  amend  any  provision  of  Article X (or any other
provision  of the Plan  related to the Trust)  except to specify the Trust year,
the names of the Plan,  the  Employer,  the  Trustee,  the  Custodian,  the Plan
Administrator,  other  fiduciaries  or the name of any pooled trust in which the
Trust will participate.  The Employer in its Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement,
in  addition  to  the   foregoing   amendments,   may  amend  or  override   the
administrative  provisions  of  Article  X (or any other  provision  of the Plan
related to the Trust),  including  provisions  relating to Trust  investment and
Trustee  duties.  Any  such  amendment:  (1) must not  conflict  with any  other
provisions of the Plan (except as expressly are intended to override an existing
Trust provision); (2) must not cause the Plan to violate Code ss.401(a); and (3)
must be made in accordance with Rev. Proc. 2000-20 or any successor thereto. The
Employer using either a Standardized or  Nonstandardized  Adoption  Agreement to
establish its Plan,  subject to the conditions (1), (2) and (3) described above,
may elect to substitute in place of Article X and the remaining trust provisions
of the basic plan document, any other trust or custodial account agreement.  All
Section 10.03(G) Trust  modifications  or  substitutions  are subject to Section
13.02 and require the written consent or signature of the Trustee.

(H) Cofiduciary  Liability.  Each fiduciary under the Plan is responsible solely
for  his/her  or its own  acts or  omissions.  A  fiduciary  does  not  have any
liability  for  another  fiduciary's  breach of  fiduciary  responsibility  with
respect  to the  Plan and the  Trust  unless  the  fiduciary:  (1)  participates
knowingly in or  undertakes to conceal the breach;  (2) has actual  knowledge of
the breach and fails to take reasonable remedial action to remedy the breach; or
(3) through  negligence  in  performing  his/her or its own  specific  fiduciary
responsibilities  that give rise to fiduciary status,  the fiduciary has enabled
the other fiduciary to commit a breach of the latter's fiduciary responsibility.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 42


     10.04 RECORDS AND STATEMENTS.  The records of the Trustee pertaining to the
Plan must be open to the inspection of the Plan  Administrator  and the Employer
at all  reasonable  times and may be audited  from time to time by any person or
persons as the  Employer  or Plan  Administrator  may  specify in  writing.  The
Trustee must furnish the Plan Administrator with whatever  information  relating
to the Trust Fund the Plan  Administrator  considers  necessary  to perform  its
duties as Plan Administrator.

     10.05 FEES AND EXPENSES  FROM FUND.  A Trustee or a Custodian  will receive
reasonable  compensation  as may be agreed  upon from time to time  between  the
Employer and the Trustee or the  Custodian.  No person who is receiving full pay
from the Employer may receive  compensation  (except for  reimbursement  of Plan
expenses) for services as Trustee or as Custodian. The Trustee will pay from the
Trust Fund all fees and reasonable  expenses incurred by the Plan, to the extent
such fees and expenses are for the ordinary  and  necessary  administration  and
operation of the Plan and are not "settlor  expenses" as  determined  by the DOL
unless  the  Employer  pays such fees and  expenses.  Any fee or  expense  paid,
directly or indirectly,  by the Employer is not an Employer  contribution to the
Plan,  provided the fee or the expense  relates to the  ordinary  and  necessary
administration of the Trust Fund.

     10.06 PARTIES TO  LITIGATION.  Except as  otherwise  provided  by ERISA,  a
Participant  or a  Beneficiary  is not a necessary  party or required to receive
notice of process in any court proceeding  involving the Plan, the Trust Fund or
any fiduciary of the Plan.  Any final  judgment  entered in any such  proceeding
will be  binding  upon  the  Employer,  the  Plan  Administrator,  the  Trustee,
Custodian, Participants and Beneficiaries and upon their successors and assigns.

     10.07 PROFESSIONAL  AGENTS.  The Trustee may  employ and pay from the Trust
Fund reasonable compensation to agents, attorneys, accountants and other persons
to advise the Trustee as in its opinion may be necessary. The Trustee reasonably
may delegate to any agent,  attorney,  accountant or other person selected by it
any  non-Trustee  power or duty  vested in it by the Plan,  and the  Trustee may
reasonably  act or  refrain  from  acting on the advice or opinion of any agent,
attorney, accountant or other person so selected.

     10.08 DISTRIBUTION  OF  CASH  OR  PROPERTY.  The  Trustee  will  make  Plan
distributions  in the  form of cash  except  where:  (1)  the  required  form of
distribution  is a QJSA or QPSA  which  has not been  waived;  (2) the Plan is a
restated  Plan and under the prior  Plan,  distribution  in the form of property
("in-kind  distribution")  is a  Protected  Benefit  (3) the Plan  Administrator
adopts a written  policy  which  provides for in-kind  distribution;  or (4) the
Employer is terminating the Plan, and in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee,
some or all Plan  assets  may not  within a  reasonable  time for  making  final
distribution  of Plan assets,  be liquidated to cash or may not be so liquidated
without undue loss in value.  The Plan  Administrator's  policy under clause (3)
may restrict  in-kind  distributions  to certain types of Trust  investments  or
specify any other  reasonable  and  nondiscriminatory  condition or  restriction
applicable  to in-kind  distributions.  Under  clause (4), the Trustee will make
Plan  termination  distributions  to  Participants  and  Beneficiaries  in cash,
in-kind  or  in  a   combination   of  these   forms,   in  a   reasonable   and
nondiscriminatory  manner  which may take into  account the  preferences  of the
distributees.  All in-kind  distributions will be made based on the current fair
market value of the property, as determined by the Trustee.

     10.09 PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY  INCAPACITATED.  If, in the opinion of the
Plan Administrator or of the Trustee, a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to a
Plan  distribution  is not able to care for his/her  affairs because of a mental
condition,  a physical  condition,  or by reason of age, at the direction of the
Plan Administrator the Trustee may make the distribution to the Participant's or
Beneficiary's  guardian,  conservator,  trustee,  custodian  (including  under a
Uniform Transfers or Gifts to Minors Act) or to his/her  attorney-in-fact  or to
other legal  representative upon furnishing evidence of such status satisfactory
to the Plan  Administrator  and to the Trustee.  The Plan  Administrator and the
Trustee do not have any  liability  with respect to payments so made and neither
the Plan  Administrator  nor the Trustee has any duty to make  inquiry as to the
competence of any person entitled to receive payments under the Plan.

     10.10 DISTRIBUTION  DIRECTIONS.  The Trustee must  promptly notify the Plan
Administrator  of any  unclaimed  Plan  distribution  and  then  dispose  of the
distribution in accordance with the Plan Administrator's subsequent direction.

     10.11 THIRD  PARTY  RELIANCE.  A person  dealing  with  the  Trustee is not
obligated  to see to the  proper  application  of any  money  paid  or  property
delivered to the Trustee,  or to inquire  whether the Trustee has acted pursuant
to any of the terms of the Plan.  Each person  dealing  with the Trustee may act
upon any notice,  request or representation in writing by the Trustee, or by the
Trustee's duly authorized  agent,  and is not liable to any person in so acting.
The  certificate of the Trustee that it is acting in accordance with the Plan is
conclusive in favor of any person relying on the certificate.

     10.12 MULTIPLE  TRUSTEES.  If  more  than two  persons  act as  Trustee,  a
decision of the majority of such persons  controls  with respect to any decision
regarding  the  administration  or the  investment  of the Trust  Fund or of any
portion of the Trust Fund with respect to which such persons act as Trustee.  If
there is more than one Trustee, the Trustees jointly will manage and control the
assets of the Trust Fund.  However,  the Trustees may allocate among  themselves
specific  responsibilities  or obligations or may authorize one or more of them,
either  individually or in concert, to exercise any or all of the powers granted
to the Trustee under  Article X. In addition,  the signature of only one Trustee
is necessary to effect any transaction on behalf of the Trust.


C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 43


     10.13 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL.  The Trustee or the Custodian may resign its
position by giving written notice to the Employer and to the Plan Administrator.
The  Trustee's   notice  must  specify  the  effective  date  of  the  Trustee's
resignation,  which  date  must be at  least 30 days  following  the date of the
Trustee's notice, unless the Employer consents in writing to shorter notice.

     The Employer may remove a Trustee or a Custodian by giving  written  notice
to the effected party. The Employer's  notice must specify the effective date of
removal which date must be at least 30 days following the date of the Employer's
notice,  except where the Employer reasonably determines a shorter notice period
or immediate removal is necessary to protect Plan assets.

In the event of the  resignation  or the  removal of a  Trustee,  where no other
Trustee  continues to service,  the Employer must appoint a successor Trustee if
it intends to continue  the Plan.  If two or more  persons  hold the position of
Trustee,  in the event of the removal of one such person,  during any period the
selection  of a  replacement  is  pending,  or during any period  such person is
unable to serve for any reason,  the remaining person or persons will act as the
Trustee.  If the  Employer  fails  to  appoint  a  successor  Trustee  as of the
effective  date of the  Trustee  resignation  or  removal  and no other  Trustee
remains,  the  Trustee  will treat the  Employer as having  appointed  itself as
Trustee  and as  having  filed  the  Employer's  acceptance  of  appointment  as
successor  Trustee with the former Trustee.  If state law prohibits the Employer
from  serving as  successor  Trustee,  the  appointed  successor  Trustee is the
president  of a  corporate  Employer,  the  managing  partner  of a  partnership
Employer,  the managing member of a limited  liability  company  Employer or the
sole proprietor, as appropriate.  If the Employer removes and does not replace a
Custodian,  the discretionary Trustee will assume possession of Plan assets held
by the former Custodian.

     10.14 SUCCESSOR  TRUSTEE  ACCEPTANCE.  Each successor  Trustee succeeds its
predecessor Trustee by accepting in writing its appointment as successor Trustee
and by filing the acceptance with the former Trustee and the Plan  Administrator
without the signing or filing of any further statement. The resigning or removed
Trustee,  upon receipt of  acceptance  in writing of the Trust by the  successor
Trustee,  must execute all documents and do all acts necessary to vest the title
of record in any successor Trustee. Each successor Trustee has and enjoys all of
the powers,  both  discretionary and ministerial,  conferred under the Plan upon
its  predecessor.  A successor  Trustee is not personally  liable for any act or
failure to act of any predecessor Trustee,  except as required under ERISA. With
the approval of the Employer and the Plan  Administrator,  a successor  Trustee,
with  respect to the Plan,  may accept the  account  rendered  and the  property
delivered to it by a predecessor Trustee without liability.

     10.15 VALUATION OF TRUST.  The Trustee must value the Trust Fund as of each
Accounting Date to determine the fair market value of each Participant's Account
Balance in the Trust.  The Trustee  also must value the Trust Fund on such other
valuation  dates as  directed  in  writing by the Plan  Administrator  or as the
Adoption Agreement may require.

     10.16 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY - IF INVESTMENT MANAGER, ANCILLARY TRUSTEE OR
INDEPENDENT  FIDUCIARY  APPOINTED.  The  Trustee  is not  liable for the acts or
omissions of any Investment Manager the Plan  Administrator may appoint,  nor is
the Trustee  under any  obligation to invest or otherwise to manage any asset of
the Trust  Fund  which is subject  to the  management  of a  properly  appointed
Investment  Manager.  The  Plan  Administrator,  the  Trustee  and any  properly
appointed  Investment  Manager may execute a written agreement as a part of this
Plan delineating the duties,  responsibilities and liabilities of the Investment
Manager  with  respect to any part of the Trust  Fund  under the  control of the
Investment Manager.

     The limitation on liability described in this Section 10.16 also applies to
the acts or omissions of any ancillary trustee or independent fiduciary properly
appointed under Section 10.18. However, if a discretionary Trustee,  pursuant to
the delegation  described in Section 10.18,  appoints an ancillary trustee,  the
discretionary  Trustee is responsible  for the periodic  review of the ancillary
trustee's  actions and must exercise its delegated  authority in accordance with
the terms of the Plan and in a manner  consistent with ERISA. The Employer,  the
discretionary  Trustee and an ancillary  trustee may execute a written agreement
as a part of this  Plan  delineating  any  indemnification  agreement  among the
parties.

     10.17 INVESTMENT IN GROUP TRUST FUND. The Employer,  by adopting this Plan,
specifically  authorizes  the Trustee to invest all or any portion of the assets
comprising  the Trust  Fund in any  group  trust  fund  which at the time of the
investment  provides for the pooling of the assets of plans qualified under Code
ss.401(a).  This authorization  applies solely to a group trust fund exempt from
taxation  under Code  ss.501(a) and the trust  agreement of which  satisfies the
requirements of Revenue Ruling 81-100, or any successor thereto.  The provisions
of the group trust fund  agreement,  as amended  from time to time,  are by this
reference  incorporated  within this Plan and Trust. The provisions of the group
trust fund will govern any  investment of Plan assets in that fund. The Employer
must specify in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement the group trust fund(s) to



which this authorization applies. If the Trustee is acting as a nondiscretionary
Trustee,  the investment in the group trust fund is available only in accordance
with a proper  direction,  by the Named  Fiduciary,  in accordance  with Section
10.03(B).  Pursuant  to  Paragraph  (c) of Section  10.03(A),  a Trustee has the
authority  to invest in certain  common  trust funds and  collective  investment
funds without the need for the  authorizing  Addendum  described in this Section
10.17.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 44


     Furthermore,  at the  Employer's  direction,  the Trustee,  for  collective
investment  purposes,  may combine into one trust fund the Trust  created  under
this Plan with the trust created under any other  qualified  retirement plan the
Employer  maintains.  However,  the Trustee must  maintain  separate  records of
account  for the  assets  of each  Trust  in  order  to  reflect  properly  each
Participant's  Account  Balance under the  qualified  plans in which he/she is a
participant.

     10.18 APPOINTMENT  OF  ANCILLARY  TRUSTEE OR  INDEPENDENT  FIDUCIARY.   The
Employer,  in writing,  may appoint any qualified  person in any state to act as
ancillary  trustee  with  respect to a  designated  portion  of the Trust  Fund,
subject to any consent  required  under Section 1.33. An ancillary  trustee must
acknowledge  in  writing  its  acceptance  of the  terms and  conditions  of its
appointment  as ancillary  trustee and its  fiduciary  status  under ERISA.  The
ancillary trustee has the rights,  powers, duties and discretion as the Employer
may  delegate,  subject  to  any  limitations  or  directions  specified  in the
agreement  appointing  the ancillary  trustee and to the terms of the Plan or of
ERISA. The investment  powers delegated to the ancillary trustee may include any
investment powers available under Section 10.03. The delegated investment powers
may include the right to invest any portion of the assets of the Trust Fund in a
common trust fund, as described in Code ss.584, or in any collective  investment
fund, the provisions of which govern the investment of such assets and which the
Plan incorporates by this reference, but only if the ancillary trustee is a bank
or similar financial  institution  supervised by the United States or by a state
and the  ancillary  trustee  (or its  affiliate,  as  defined  in Code  ss.1504)
maintains the common trust fund or collective  investment  fund  exclusively for
the collective  investment of money contributed by the ancillary trustee (or its
affiliate)  in a  trustee  capacity  and  which  conforms  to the  rules  of the
Comptroller  of the  Currency.  The  Employer  also may appoint as an  ancillary
trustee,  the trustee of any group trust fund designated for investment pursuant
to the provisions of Section 10.17.

     The  ancillary  trustee may resign its position and the Employer may remove
an ancillary  trustee as provided in Section  10.13  regarding  resignation  and
removal  of the  Trustee  or  Custodian.  In the  event of such  resignation  or
removal,  the Employer may appoint another  ancillary  trustee or may return the
assets to the control and  management of the Trustee.  The Employer may delegate
its responsibilities  under this Section 10.18 to a discretionary  Trustee under
the Plan, but not to a  nondiscretionary  Trustee or to a Custodian,  subject to
the acceptance by the discretionary Trustee of that delegation.

     If the DOL requires engagement of an independent  fiduciary to have control
or management  of all or a portion of the Trust Fund,  the Employer will appoint
such independent  fiduciary,  as directed by the DOL. The independent  fiduciary
will have the duties, responsibilities and powers prescribed by the DOL and will
exercise those duties, responsibilities and powers in accordance with the terms,
restrictions  and  conditions  established  by the DOL and,  to the  extent  not
inconsistent  with ERISA, the terms of the Plan. The independent  fiduciary must
accept its appointment in writing and must acknowledge its status as a fiduciary
of the Plan.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 45


                                   ARTICLE XI
             PROVISIONS RELATING TO INSURANCE AND INSURANCE COMPANY

     11.01 INSURANCE BENEFIT.  The Employer may elect to provide incidental life
insurance  benefits for  insurable  Participants  who consent to life  insurance
benefits by executing the appropriate  insurance  company  application form. The
Trustee  will  not  purchase  any  incidental  life  insurance  benefit  for any
Participant prior to a contribution  allocation to the Participant's Account. At
an insured  Participant's  written  direction,  the Trustee  will use all or any
portion of the Participant's  Employee  contributions,  if any, to pay insurance
premiums  covering the  Participant's  life.  This Section 11.01 also authorizes
(except  if the Plan is a money  purchase  pension  plan) the  purchase  of life
insurance, for the benefit of the Participant, on the life of a family member of
the  Participant  or on any  person  in whom the  Participant  has an  insurable
interest.  However,  if the policy is on the joint lives of the  Participant and
another  person,  the Trustee may not  maintain  that policy if the other person
predeceases the Participant.

     The  Employer  will  direct the  Trustee as to the  insurance  company  and
insurance  agent  through  which  the  Trustee  is  to  purchase  the  insurance
contracts,  the amount of the coverage and the applicable  dividend  plan.  Each
application  for a policy,  and the  policies  themselves,  must  designate  the
Trustee as sole owner,  with the right  reserved to the Trustee to exercise  any
right or option  contained in the policies,  subject to the terms and provisions
of this Plan. The Trustee must be the named  beneficiary  for the Account of the
insured  Participant.  Proceeds of insurance contracts paid to the Participant's
Account under this Article XI are subject to the  distribution  requirements  of
Article VI. The Trustee will not retain any such proceeds for the benefit of the
Trust.

     The Trustee will charge the premiums on any  incidental  benefit  insurance
contract  covering  the  life  of a  Participant  against  the  Account  of that
Participant  and will treat the insurance  contract as a directed  investment of
the  Participant's  Account,  even if the  Plan  otherwise  does  not  permit  a
Participant  to direct the  investment of his/her own Account.  The Trustee will
hold all incidental benefit insurance  contracts issued under the Plan as assets
of the Trust created and maintained under the Plan.

(A)  Incidental  insurance benefits.  The aggregate of  life insurance  premiums
paid  for the  benefit  of a  Participant,  at all  times,  may not  exceed  the
following   percentages  of  the  aggregate  of  the  Employer's   contributions
(including   Deferral   Contributions   and   forfeitures)   allocated   to  any
Participant's  Account:  (i) 49% in the case of the  purchase of  ordinary  life
insurance  contracts;  or (ii)  25% in the  case of the  purchase  of term  life
insurance or universal  life  insurance  contracts.  If the Trustee  purchases a
combination  of ordinary life insurance  contract(s)  and term life insurance or
universal life insurance  contract(s),  then the sum of one-half of the premiums
paid for the ordinary life insurance  contract(s)  and the premiums paid for the
term life insurance or universal life insurance  contract(s)  may not exceed 25%
of the Employer contributions allocated to any Participant's Account.

(B)  Exception for certain profit sharing plans. If the Plan is a profit sharing
plan, the incidental  insurance benefits  requirement does not apply to the Plan
if the Plan purchases life insurance  benefits only from Employer  contributions
accumulated in the  Participant's  Account for at least two years (measured from
the allocation date).

(C)  Exception for other amounts.  The incidental insurance benefits requirement
does not apply to life insurance purchased with Employee contributions, rollover
contributions, or earnings on Employer contributions.

     11.02 LIMITATION  ON LIFE  INSURANCE  PROTECTION.   The  Trustee  will  not
continue  any life  insurance  protection  for any  Participant  beyond  his/her
annuity starting date as defined in Section 6.01(A)(4). If the Trustee holds any
incidental  benefit insurance  contract(s) for the benefit of a Participant when
he/she  terminates  his/her  employment  (other  than by reason of  death),  the
Trustee must proceed as follows:

     (a) If  the  entire  cash  value  of  the  contract(s)  is  Vested  in  the
terminating  Participant,  or if the contract(s) will not have any cash value at
the end of the policy year in which Separation from Service occurs,  the Trustee
will transfer the contract(s) to the  Participant  endorsed so as to vest in the
transferee all right,  title and interest to the contract(s),  free and clear of
the Trust;  subject  however,  to  restrictions  as to  surrender  or payment of
benefits  as  the  issuing   insurance  company  may  permit  and  as  the  Plan
Administrator directs;

     (b) If only  part of the cash  value of the  contract(s)  is  Vested in the
terminating  Participant,  the Trustee, to the extent the Participant's interest
in the cash value of the contract(s) is not Vested, may adjust the Participant's
interest in the value of his/her Account attributable to Trust assets other than
incidental  benefit  insurance  contracts  and proceed as in (a), or the Trustee
must effect a loan from the issuing  insurance  company on the sole  security of
the contract(s) for an amount equal to the difference  between the cash value of
the contract(s) at the end of the policy year in which termination of employment
occurs  and the  amount of the cash  value  that is  Vested  in the  terminating
Participant,  and the Trustee must  transfer the  contract(s)  endorsed so as to
vest in the transferee all right,  title and interest to the  contract(s),  free
and clear of the Trust;  subject however, to the restrictions as to surrender or
payment of  benefits as the  issuing  insurance  company may permit and the Plan
Administrator directs;

     (c) If no part of the  cash  value  of the  contract(s)  is  Vested  in the
terminating  Participant,  the Trustee must surrender the  contract(s)  for cash
proceeds as may be available.

In accordance with the written direction of the Plan Administrator,  the Trustee
will  make  any  transfer  of  contract(s)  under  this  Section  11.02  on  the
Participant's annuity starting date (or as soon as administratively  practicable
after that date).  The Trustee may not transfer any contract  under this Section
11.02 which contains a method of payment not specifically  authorized by Article
VI or which fails to comply with the joint and survivor annuity requirements, if
applicable,  of Article VI. In this regard, the Trustee either must convert such
a contract to cash and  distribute  the cash instead of the contract,  or before
making the transfer, must require the issuing company to delete the unauthorized
method of payment option from the contract.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 46


     11.03 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article XI:

     (a) "Policy" means an ordinary life,  term life or universal life insurance
contract issued by an insurer on the life of a Participant.

     (b) "Issuing  insurance  company" is any life  insurance  company which has
issued a policy upon application by the Trustee under the terms of this Plan.

     (c) "Contract" or "Contracts" means a policy of insurance.  In the event of
any conflict  between the  provisions of this Plan and the terms of any contract
or policy of insurance issued in accordance with this Article XI, the provisions
of the Plan control.

     (d) "Insurable  Participant"  means  a  Participant  to  whom an  insurance
company,  upon an application  being submitted in accordance with the Plan, will
issue  insurance  coverage,  either as a standard  risk or as a risk in an extra
mortality classification.

     11.04 DIVIDEND PLAN. The dividend plan is premium reduction unless the Plan
Administrator  directs the  Trustee to the  contrary.  The Trustee  must use all
dividends for a contract to purchase insurance benefits or additional  insurance
benefits for the Participant on whose life the insurance  company has issued the
contract.  Furthermore,  the  Trustee  must  arrange,  where  possible,  for all
policies  issued  on the lives of  Participants  under the Plan to have the same
premium due date and all ordinary life insurance contracts to contain guaranteed
cash values with as uniform  basic  options as are possible to obtain.  The term
"dividends" includes policy dividends, refunds of premiums and other credits.

     11.05 INSURANCE  COMPANY NOT  A PARTY TO AGREEMENT.  No insurance  company,
solely in its capacity as an issuing insurance company,  is a party to this Plan
nor is the company responsible for its validity.

     11.06 NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR OTHERS. Except as required by ERISA, an issuing
insurance  company  has no  responsibility  or  obligation  under  the  Plan  to
Participants  or  Beneficiaries  for any act (unless the insurance  company also
serves in such capacities) required of the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the
Trustee,  the Custodian or any other service  provider to the Plan. No insurance
company,  solely in its capacity as an issuing insurance  company,  need examine
the terms of this Plan.  For the purpose of making  application  to an insurance
company and in the exercise of any right or option contained in any policy,  the
insurance  company  may  rely  upon the  signature  of the  Trustee  and is held
harmless and completely  discharged in acting at the direction and authorization
of the Trustee.  An insurance  company is discharged  from all liability for any
amount  paid to the  Trustee or paid in  accordance  with the  direction  of the
Trustee, and is not obliged to see to the distribution or further application of
any moneys the insurance company so pays.

     11.07 DUTIES OF INSURANCE  COMPANY.  Each insurance  company must keep such
records, make such identification of contracts, funds and accounts within funds,
and supply such information as may be necessary for the proper administration of
the Plan under which it is carrying insurance benefits.

     Note:  The provisions of this Article XI are not  applicable,  and the Plan
may not invest in insurance contracts,  if a Custodian signatory to the Adoption
Agreement  is a bank which does not have trust powers from its  governing  state
banking authority.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 47


                                   ARTICLE XII
                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

     12.01 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS. If this Plan is the only qualified
plan  maintained by the  Employer,  the Plan is top-heavy for a Plan Year if the
top-heavy ratio as of the Determination Date exceeds 60%. The top-heavy ratio is
a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Account Balances of all Key
Employees as of the Determination Date and the denominator of which is a similar
sum determined for all Employees.

     The Plan  Administrator must include in the top-heavy ratio, as part of the
Account  Balances,  any contribution not made as of the  Determination  Date but
includible  under  Code  ss.416 and the  applicable  Treasury  regulations,  and
distributions made within the Determination  Period. The Plan Administrator must
calculate  the  top-heavy  ratio  by  disregarding   the  Account  Balance  (and
distributions,  if any, of the Account  Balance) of any Non-Key Employee who was
formerly a Key Employee,  and by  disregarding  the Account  Balance  (including
distributions,  if any, of the Account  Balance)  of an  individual  who has not
received  credit for at least one Hour of Service with the  Employer  during the
Determination Period. The Plan Administrator must calculate the top-heavy ratio,
including the extent to which it must take into account distributions, rollovers
and transfers,  in accordance  with Code ss.416 and the  regulations  under that
Code section.

     If the Employer  maintains other  qualified  plans  (including a simplified
employee  pension plan), or maintained  another such plan now  terminated,  this
Plan is top-heavy only if it is part of the Required  Aggregation Group, and the
top-heavy  ratio  for the  Required  Aggregation  Group  and for the  Permissive
Aggregation  Group,  if any,  each  exceeds  60%.  The Plan  Administrator  will
calculate  the  top-heavy  ratio in the same manner as required by the first two
paragraphs  of this  Section  12.01,  taking into  account all plans  within the
Aggregation  Group. To the extent the Plan  Administrator must take into account
distributions   to  a   Participant,   the  Plan   Administrator   must  include
distributions  from a terminated plan which would have been part of the Required
Aggregation  Group if it were in existence on the  Determination  Date. The Plan
Administrator will calculate the present value of accrued benefits under defined
benefit plans or the account  balances under  simplified  employee pension plans
included  within the group in  accordance  with the terms of those  plans,  Code
ss.416 and the regulations under that Code section.

     If a Participant in a defined benefit plan is a Non-Key Employee,  the Plan
Administrator  will determine  his/her accrued benefit under the accrual method,
if any, which is applicable uniformly to all defined benefit plans maintained by
the Employer or, if there is no uniform  method,  in accordance with the slowest
accrual rate  permitted  under the fractional  rule accrual method  described in
Code ss.411(b)(1)(C). If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan, the Plan
Administrator will use the actuarial  assumptions  (interest and mortality only)
stated in that plan to calculate the present value of benefits from that defined
benefit plan. If an aggregated  plan does not have a valuation  date  coinciding
with the  Determination  Date,  the Plan  Administrator  must value the  Account
Balance in the  aggregated  plan as of the most recent  valuation  date  falling
within the twelve-month  period ending on the Determination Date, except as Code
ss.416 and  applicable  Treasury  regulations  require for the first and for the
second  plan  year of a  defined  benefit  plan.  The  Plan  Administrator  will
calculate the top-heavy  ratio with  reference to the  Determination  Dates that
fall within the same calendar year.  The top-heavy  provisions of the Plan apply
only for Plan Years in which Code ss.416  requires  application of the top-heavy
rules.

     12.02 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of applying the top-heavy provisions of the
Plan:

     (a) "Compensation"  means Compensation  as determined under Section 3.18(b)
for Code ss.415 purposes and includes Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

     (b) "Determination  Date" means for any Plan Year,  the Accounting  Date of
the preceding  Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year of the Plan, the
Accounting Date of that Plan Year.

     (c) "Determination   Period"   means  the  5-year  period   ending  on  the
Determination Date.

     (d) "Employer"  means the  Employer  that adopts  this Plan and any Related
Employer.

     (e) "Key Employee"  means,  as of any  Determination  Date, any Employee or
former  Employee (or  Beneficiary  of such Employee) who, at any time during the
Determination Period: (i) has Compensation in excess of 50% of the dollar amount
prescribed in Code ss.415(b)(1)(A) (relating to defined benefit plans) and is an
officer of the Employer;  (ii) has  Compensation  in excess of the dollar amount
prescribed in Code  ss.415(c)(1)(A)  (relating to defined  contribution  plans),
owns a more than  1/2%  interest  in the  Employer  and is one of the  Employees
owning the ten largest interests in the Employer;  (iii) is a more than 5% owner
of the  Employer;  or  (iv) is a more  than 1%  owner  of the  Employer  and has
Compensation  of more than $150,000.  The  constructive  ownership rules of Code
ss.318 (or the principles of that Code section, in the case of an unincorporated
Employer,)  will apply to  determine  ownership in the  Employer.  The number of
officers taken into account under clause (i) will not exceed the greater of 3 or
10% of the total number (after application of the Code ss.414(q)  exclusions) of
Employees,  but no more than 50 officers.  The Plan  Administrator will make the
determination of who is a Key Employee in accordance with Code  ss.416(i)(1) and
the regulations under that Code section.

     (f) "Non-Key  Employee"  means an Employee who does not meet the definition
of Key Employee.

     (g) "Participant"  means any Employee  otherwise eligible to participate in
the Plan but who is not  entitled to receive any  allocation  under the Plan (or
would have  received a lesser  allocation)  for the Plan Year because of his/her
Compensation level or because of his/her failure: (i) to make elective deferrals
under a 401(k)  arrangement;  (ii) to make Employee  contributions;  or (iii) to
complete  1,000 Hours of Service or any other service  requirement  the Employer
specifies  in its Adoption  Agreement  as a condition  to receive an  allocation
except for employment on the last day of the Plan Year.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 48


     (h) "Permissive  Aggregation  Group" means the Required  Aggregation  Group
plus any other  qualified  plans  maintained by the  Employer,  but only if such
group would satisfy in the aggregate the nondiscrimination  requirements of Code
ss.401(a)(4)   and  the  coverage   requirements   of  Code  ss.410.   The  Plan
Administrator will determine the Permissive Aggregation Group.

     (i) "Required  Aggregation  Group" means:  (i) each  qualified  plan of the
Employer in which at least one Key Employee  participates or participated at any
time during the Determination Period (including  terminated plans); and (ii) any
other  qualified  plan of the Employer  which enables a plan described in clause
(i) to meet the requirements of Code ss.401(a)(4) or of Code ss.410.

     12.03 TOP-HEAVY  MINIMUM  ALLOCATION.   The  top-heavy  minimum  allocation
requirement  applies  to the  Plan  only in a Plan  Year for  which  the Plan is
top-heavy. If the Plan is top-heavy in any Plan Year:

     (a) Each Non-Key  Employee who is a  Participant  (as  described in Section
12.02(g))  and  employed  by the  Employer on the last day of the Plan Year will
receive a top-heavy minimum allocation for that Plan Year.

     (b) The  top-heavy  minimum  allocation is equal to the lesser of 3% of the
Non-Key  Employee's  Compensation for the Plan Year or the highest  contribution
rate for the Plan Year made on behalf of any Key Employee. However, if a defined
benefit plan maintained by the Employer which benefits a Key Employee depends on
this Plan to satisfy the  nondiscrimination  rules of Code  ss.401(a)(4)  or the
coverage  rules of Code ss.410 (or another plan  benefiting  the Key Employee so
depends on such defined benefit plan), the top-heavy minimum allocation is 3% of
the Non-Key Employee's  Compensation regardless of the contribution rate for the
Key Employees.

     (c) If, for a Plan Year, there are no allocations of Employer contributions
or of forfeitures for any Key Employee,  the Plan does not require any top-heavy
minimum  allocation  for the Plan Year,  unless a top-heavy  minimum  allocation
applies because of the maintenance by the Employer of more than one plan.

     12.04 DETERMINING  TOP-HEAVY  CONTRIBUTION  RATES.   In  determining  under
Section 12.03(b) the highest  contribution  rate for any Key Employee,  the Plan
Administrator takes into account all Employer contributions  (including deferral
contributions and including  matching  contributions but not including  Employer
contributions to Social Security) and forfeitures allocated to the Participant's
Account for the Plan Year,  divided by his/her  Compensation for the entire Plan
Year.  For purposes of satisfying the Employer's  top-heavy  minimum  allocation
requirement,  the Plan  Administrator  disregards  the  elective  deferrals  and
matching contributions  allocated to a Non-Key Employee's Account in determining
the  Non-Key  Employee's  contribution  rate.  However,  the Plan  Administrator
operationally  may include in the  contribution  rate of a Non-Key  Employee any
matching   contributions   not   necessary  to  satisfy  the   nondiscrimination
requirements of Code ss.401(k) or of Code ss.401(m).

     To determine a Participant's contribution rate, the Plan Administrator must
treat all  qualified  top-heavy  defined  contribution  plans  maintained by the
Employer (or by any Related Employer) as a single plan.

     12.05 PLAN  WHICH  WILL  SATISFY  TOP-HEAVY.  The  Plan  will  satisfy  the
top-heavy  minimum  allocation  requirement  in  accordance  with the  following
requirements:

     (a) If the Employer  makes the top-heavy  minimum  allocation to this Plan,
the Employer will make any necessary  additional  contribution to this Plan. The
Plan  Administrator   first  will  allocate  the  Employer   contributions  (and
Participant  forfeitures,  if any)  for the  Plan  Year in  accordance  with the
provisions of Adoption Agreement Section 3.04. The Employer then will contribute
an additional  amount for the Account of any Participant  entitled under Section
12.03 to a top-heavy minimum allocation and whose contribution rate for the Plan
Year, under this Plan and any other plan aggregated under Section 12.02, is less
than the  top-heavy  minimum  allocation.  The  additional  amount is the amount
necessary  to increase  the  Participant's  contribution  rate to the  top-heavy
minimum  allocation.   The  Plan  Administrator  will  allocate  the  additional
contribution  to the Account of the  Participant  on whose  behalf the  Employer
makes the contribution.

     (b) If the Employer makes the top-heavy  minimum  allocation  under another
plan, this Plan does not provide the top-heavy  minimum  allocation and the Plan
Administrator  will allocate the annual Employer  contributions (and Participant
forfeitures)  under the Plan solely in  accordance  with the  allocation  method
selected under Adoption Agreement Section 3.04.

     12.06 TOP-HEAVY  VESTING.  If the  Plan is topheavy and the Employer in its
Adoption Agreement does not elect immediate  vesting,  the Employer must elect a
topheavy (or modified  top-heavy)  vesting  schedule.  The  specified  top-heavy
vesting  schedule  applies to the Plan's  first  top-heavy  Plan Year and to all
subsequent Plan Years,  except as the Employer  otherwise elects in its Adoption
Agreement.  If the  Employer  elects  in its  Adoption  Agreement  to apply  the
specified  top-heavy  vesting  schedule  only in Plan Years in which the Plan is
top-heavy,  any  change  in the  Plan's  vesting  schedule  resulting  from this
election is subject to Section 5.1149

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 49


                                  ARTICLE XIII
                    EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION

     13.01 EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT. Except as provided under Article III, the Employer
does not have any beneficial interest in any asset of the Trust Fund and no part
of any asset in the Trust Fund may ever revert to or be repaid to the  Employer,
either directly or indirectly; nor, prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities
with respect to the Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan, may any
part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund,  or any asset of the Trust Fund,
be (at any time) used for, or diverted  to,  purposes  other than the  exclusive
benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries and for defraying  reasonable
expenses of administering the Plan.

     However,  if the  Commissioner  of Internal  Revenue,  upon the  Employer's
application  for initial  approval of this Plan,  determines  the Trust  created
under the Plan is not a qualified  trust  exempt from Federal  income tax,  then
(and only then) the Trustee, upon written notice from the Employer,  will return
the Employer's  contributions  (and the earnings  thereon) to the Employer.  The
immediately   preceding   sentence  applies  only  if  the  Employer  makes  the
application for the  determination  by the time prescribed by law for filing the
Employer's  tax return for the taxable  year in which the  Employer  adopted the
Plan, or by such later date as the Internal  Revenue Service may prescribe.  The
Trustee  must make the return of the  Employer  contribution  under this Section
13.01  within one year of a final  disposition  of the  Employer's  request  for
initial  approval of the Plan. The Employer's Plan and Trust will terminate upon
the Trustee's return of the Employer's contributions.

     13.02 AMENDMENT BY  EMPLOYER.  The Employer,  consistent  with this Section
13.02 and other applicable Plan provisions, has the right, at any time:

     (a) To amend the  elective  provisions  of the  Adoption  Agreement  in any
     manner it deems necessary or advisable;

     (b) To add  overriding  language in the Adoption  Agreement to satisfy Code
     ss.ss.415 or 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; and

     (c) To add model amendments  published by the Revenue Service (the adoption
     of  which  the  Revenue  Service  provides  will not  cause  the Plan to be
     individually designed).

(A)  Amendment  Formalities.  The  Employer  must  make  all Plan  amendments in
writing by means of substituted  Adoption  Agreement  pages or by restatement of
the Adoption  Agreement.  The Employer  (and  Trustee if the  Trustee's  written
consent to the amendment is required under Section 10.03(G)), must execute a new
Adoption  Agreement  Execution Page each time the Employer amends the Plan. Each
amendment   must  specify  the  date  as  of  which  the   amendment  is  either
retroactively  or  prospectively  effective.  See Section 7.12 for the effect of
certain  amendments  adopted by the Employer which will result in the Employer's
Plan losing Prototype Plan status.

(B)  Impermissible Amendment/Protected  Benefits. An amendment may not authorize
or permit any of the Trust Fund (other  than the part  required to pay taxes and
reasonable

administration  expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes  other than for
the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their  Beneficiaries or estates. An
amendment  may not cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or
become a property of the  Employer.  Furthermore,  the Employer may not make any
amendment which affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee or
of the Plan Administrator without the written consent of the affected Trustee or
the Plan Administrator.

     An amendment  (including  the adoption of this Plan as a restatement  of an
existing plan) may not decrease a Participant's  Account Balance,  except to the
extent  permitted  under Code  ss.412(c)(8),  and except as provided in Treasury
regulations,   may  not  reduce  or  eliminate   Protected  Benefits  determined
immediately prior to the adoption date (or, if later, the effective date) of the
amendment.  An  amendment  reduces  or  eliminates  Protected  Benefits  if  the
amendment  has the  effect  of  either  (1)  eliminating  or  reducing  an early
retirement  benefit  or  a  retirement-type  subsidy  (as  defined  in  Treasury
regulations), or (2) except as provided by Treasury regulations,  eliminating an
optional form of benefit.

     The  Plan   Administrator   must  disregard  an  amendment  to  the  extent
application of the amendment would fail to satisfy this Section 13.02(B). If the
Plan  Administrator  must  disregard an amendment  because the  amendment  would
violate  clause  (1) or clause  (2),  the Plan  Administrator  must  maintain  a
schedule of the early  retirement  option or other optional forms of benefit the
Plan must continue for the affected Participants.

     13.03 AMENDMENT BY  PROTOTYPE PLAN SPONSOR.  The Prototype Plan Sponsor (or
the mass  submitter,  as agent  of the  Prototype  Plan  Sponsor),  without  the
Employer's consent, may amend the Plan and Trust, from time to time, in order to
conform the Plan and Trust to any requirement for  qualification of the Plan and
Trust under the Internal  Revenue Code. The Prototype Plan Sponsor may not amend
the Plan in any manner  which would  modify any  election  made by the  Employer
under  the  Plan  without  the  Employer's  written  consent.  Furthermore,  the
Prototype  Plan Sponsor may not amend the Plan in any manner which would violate
the  proscriptions of Section  13.02(B).  If the Prototype Plan Sponsor does not
adopt  the  amendments  made by the mass  submitter,  it will no  longer  be the
sponsor of an identical or minor modifier Prototype Plan of the mass submitter.

13.04 PLAN  TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION.  The Employer subject to Section 13.02(B)
and by proper  Employer  action  has the  right,  at any  time,  to  suspend  or
discontinue  its  contributions  under the Plan and  thereafter  to  continue to
maintain  the Plan  (subject to such  suspension  or  discontinuance)  until the
Employer  terminates the Plan. The Employer  subject to Section  13.02(B) and by
proper  Employer  action has the right,  at any time, to terminate this Plan and
the Trust created and  maintained  under the Plan.  The Plan will terminate upon
the first to occur of the following:

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 50


     (a) The date terminated by proper action of the Employer; or

     (b) The  dissolution  or merger of the Employer,  unless a successor  makes
     provision  to  continue  the  Plan,  in  which  event  the  successor  must
     substitute  itself as the Employer under this Plan. Any  termination of the
     Plan resulting from this  Paragraph (b) is not effective  until  compliance
     with any applicable notice requirements under ERISA.

     13.05 FULL VESTING ON TERMINATION.  Upon either full or partial termination
of the Plan, or, if applicable,  upon complete  discontinuance of profit sharing
plan  contributions  to the Plan,  an  affected  Participant's  right to his/her
Account  Balance is 100% Vested,  irrespective  of the Vested  percentage  which
otherwise would apply under Article V.

     13.06 POST TERMINATION PROCEDURE AND DISTRIBUTION.

(A) General Procedure. Upon termination of the Plan, the distribution provisions
of Article VI remain operative, with the following exceptions:

          (1) if the Participant's Vested Account Balance does not exceed $5,000
          (or  exceeds  $5,000  but  is  not  "immediately   distributable"   in
          accordance  with  Section  6.01(A)(5)),  the Plan  Administrator  will
          direct the Trustee to distribute  in cash  (subject to Section  10.08)
          the  Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance to him/her in lump sum as
          soon as administratively practicable after the Plan terminates; and

          (2) if the present value of the  Participant's  Vested Account Balance
          exceeds $5,000 and is immediately  distributable,  the  Participant or
          the Beneficiary,  may elect to have the Trustee commence  distribution
          in cash (subject to Section 10.08) of his/her  Vested Account  Balance
          in a lump sum as soon as  administratively  practicable after the Plan
          terminates.  If a Participant with consent rights under this paragraph
          (2) does not elect an  immediate  lump sum  distribution  with spousal
          consent if required,  to liquidate the Trust,  the Plan  Administrator
          will purchase a deferred annuity  contract for each Participant  which
          protects the Participant's distribution rights under the Plan.

(B)  Profit  Sharing  Plan.  If the Plan is a profit  sharing  plan,  in lieu of
applying  Section  13.06(A) and the  distribution  provisions of Article VI, the
Plan  Administrator  will direct the Trustee to  distribute  in cash (subject to
Section 10.08) each Participant's  Vested Account Balance,  in lump sum, as soon
as administratively  practicable after the termination of the Plan, irrespective
of the Participant's  Vested Account Balance,  the Participant's age and whether
the Participant consents to that distribution. This paragraph does not apply if:
(1) the Plan at  termination  provides  an annuity  option  which is a Protected
Benefit and which the Employer may not eliminate by Plan amendment; or (2) as of
the period  between  the Plan  termination  date and the final  distribution  of
assets, the Employer  maintains any other defined  contribution plan (other than
an ESOP). The Employer, in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement,  may elect not
to have this paragraph apply.

(C)  Distribution  restrictions  under Code  ss.401(k).  If the Plan  includes a
401(k)  arrangement or if the Plan holds transferred assets described in Section
13.07  such that in either  case,  the  distribution  restrictions  of  Sections
14.03(d) and 14.11 apply, a Participant's  restricted balances are distributable
on account of Plan termination, as described in this Section 13.06, only if: (a)
the  Employer  does not  maintain a  successor  plan and the Plan  Administrator
distributes  the  Participant's  entire Vested Account Balance in a lump sum; or
(b) the  Participant  otherwise is entitled under the Plan to a distribution  of
his/her Vested Account Balance.

     A successor  plan under  clause (b) is a defined  contribution  plan (other
than an ESOP) maintained by the Employer (or by a Related  Employer) at the time
of the  termination  of the Plan or within the period ending twelve months after
the final  distribution  of assets.  However,  a plan is not a successor plan if
less than 2% of the Employees  eligible to participate in the  terminating  Plan
are eligible to  participate  (beginning 12 months prior to and ending 12 months
after the Plan's termination date) in the potential successor plan.

(D)  "Lost Participants."  If the Plan  Administrator  is  unable to locate  any
Participant  or  Beneficiary  whose  Account  becomes  distributable  upon  Plan
termination,  the Plan  Administrator  will apply  Section  9.11 except  Section
9.11(B) does not apply.

(E)  Continuing Trust  Provisions.  The Trust will continue until the Trustee in
accordance with the direction of the Plan  Administrator  has distributed all of
the benefits under the Plan. On each valuation date, the Plan Administrator will
credit any part of a Participant's  Account  Balance  retained in the Trust with
its share of the Trust net  income,  gains or losses.  Upon  termination  of the
Plan, the amount, if any, in a suspense account under Article III will revert to
the Employer,  subject to the conditions of the Treasury regulations  permitting
such a reversion. A resolution or an amendment to discontinue all future benefit
accrual but otherwise to continue maintenance of this Plan, is not a termination
for purposes of this Section 13.06.

13.07  MERGER/DIRECT  TRANSFER.  The Trustee possesses the specific authority to
enter into merger  agreements or direct  transfer of assets  agreements with the
trustees of other  retirement  plans described in Code  ss.401(a),  including an
elective  transfer,  and to accept the direct  transfer  of plan  assets,  or to
transfer plan assets,  as a party to any such  agreement.  Except as provided in
Section  13.07(A),  the Trustee may not consent to, or be a party to, any merger
or consolidation with another plan, or to a transfer of assets or liabilities to

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 51


another plan (or from the other plan to this Plan), unless immediately after the
merger,  consolidation or transfer, the surviving plan provides each Participant
a benefit  equal to or greater  than the  benefit  each  Participant  would have
received had the transferring plan terminated  immediately  before the merger or
the  consolidation  or the  transfer.  The  Trustee  will hold,  administer  and
distribute  the  transferred  assets as a part of the Trust Fund and the Trustee
must maintain a separate  Employer  contribution  Account for the benefit of the
Employee on whose  behalf the Trustee  accepted the transfer in order to reflect
the value of the transferred assets.

     The  Trustee  may accept a direct  transfer  of plan assets on behalf of an
Employee  prior  to the date  the  Employee  satisfies  the  Plan's  eligibility
conditions.  If the Trustee accepts such a direct  transfer of plan assets,  the
Plan  Administrator  and the  Trustee  must  treat  the  Employee  as a  limited
Participant as described in Section 4.04.

     Sections  13.07(A) and (B) are effective for elective  transfers made on or
following  September 6, 2000. Under an elective  transfer which is made pursuant
to Section 13.07(A) or (B), the Protected  Benefits in the transferring plan are
not  required to be  preserved  under  Section  13.02(B),  except as provided in
Section 13.07(B).

(A)  Distributable Event Elective Transfer.  The Trustee may consent to, or be a
party to, a merger,  consolidation or transfer of assets with another  qualified
plan in accordance with this Section 13.07(A).

     A  transfer  between  qualified  plans is a  distributable  event  elective
transfer if: (1) the Participant has a right to immediate  distribution from the
transferor plan; (2) the transfer is voluntary,  under a fully informed election
by the Participant;  (3) the Participant has an alternative that retains his/her
Protected  Benefits  (including  an  option  to  leave  his/her  benefit  in the
transferor  plan,  if that plan is not  terminating);  (4) the  transferor  plan
satisfies  applicable consent and joint and survivor annuity requirements of the
Code;   (5)  the   amount   transferred,   together   with  the  amount  of  any
contemporaneous  direct rollover of the  Participant's  remaining Vested Account
Balance,  constitutes the Participant's  entire Vested Account Balance;  (6) the
Participant  has a 100%  Vested  interest  in  the  transferred  benefit  in the
transferee  plan; and (7) if the transfer is from this Plan to a defined benefit
plan, the transferee plan provides a benefit for the affected  Participant equal
to the  benefit  (expressed  as an  annuity  payable at normal  retirement  age)
derived solely with respect to the transferred assets.

     An  elective  transfer  under  this  Section  13.07(A)  may  occur  between
qualified  plans of any type.  Any  direct  transfer  of  assets  from a defined
benefit  plan to this Plan  which  does not  satisfy  the  requirements  of this
Section 13.07(A) renders the Plan individually-designed. See Section 7.12.

     Commencing  January 1, 2002,  the  Trustee  may not  undertake  an elective
transfer  of  a  Participant's  Account  under  this  Section  13.07(A)  if  the
Participant is eligible to receive an immediate  distribution  of his/her entire
Vested  Account  Balance  which would consist  entirely of an eligible  rollover
distribution as described in Section 6.10(D).

(B)  Transaction/Employment  Change Elective Transfer.  The Trustee may  consent
to, or be a party to, a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets with another
qualified defined contribution plan in accordance with this Section 13.07(B).

     A transfer is a transaction or employment  change transfer  irrespective of
whether  the  Participant  has a right  to an  immediate  distribution  from the
transferor plan provided: (1) the transfer satisfies requirements (2) and (3) of
Section 13.07(A);  (2) the transfer only may occur as between plans described in
applicable Treasury regulations;  (3) the transfer must occur in connection with
a merger,  asset or stock acquisition,  or change in employment resulting in the
participant's loss of right to additional  allocations in the transferor plan or
in such other circumstances as described in applicable Treasury regulations; (4)
the transfer  must consist of the  Participant's  entire  Vested and  non-Vested
Account  Balance  within the transferor  plan; and (5) the transferee  plan must
protect the QJSA and QPSA benefits (if any) in the transferor plan.

(C)  Other Transfers.  Any  transfer  which is not an  elective  transfer  under
Sections 13.07(A) or 13.07(B) and which includes  Protected  Benefits is subject
to Section  13.02(B).  The trustee of the  transferee  plan in receipt of assets
which are Protected  Benefits must preserve the Protected Benefits in accordance
with applicable Treasury  regulations.  If the transferor plan contains a 401(k)
arrangement  with  restricted  balances  as  described  in Section  14.11,  such
balances remain subject in the transferee plan to the distribution  restrictions
described in Section  14.03(d).  Any transfer under this Section 13.07(C) from a
defined  benefit plan to this Plan must be in the form of the transfer of a paid
up  individual  annuity  contract  which  guarantees  the payment of benefits in
accordance with the transferor  plan.  Notwithstanding  any Plan language to the
contrary,  if this Plan is a target benefit or money purchase  pension plan, and
the Trustee  merges or the Employer  converts by amendment the Plan into another
type of defined contribution plan, the Employer  operationally may elect whether
to vest immediately the Participants' Account Balances.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 52


                                   ARTICLE XIV
            CODE SECTION 401(k) AND CODE SECTION 401(m) ARRANGEMENTS

     14.01 APPLICATION.  This  Article  XIV  applies  to  the  Plan  only if the
Employer is maintaining its Plan under a Code ss.401(k) Adoption Agreement.

     14.02 401(k)  ARRANGEMENT.  The Employer  under Article III of its Adoption
Agreement  will elect the terms of the 401(k)  arrangement  as described in Code
ss.401(k)(2),  if any, under the Plan. If the Plan is a  Standardized  Plan, the
401(k)  arrangement  must be a salary  reduction  arrangement.  If the Plan is a
Nonstandardized   Plan,  the  401(k)  arrangement  may  be  a  salary  reduction
arrangement or a cash or deferred arrangement, or both.

(A)  Salary Reduction  Arrangement.  If the Employer in its  Adoption  Agreement
Section  3.01  elects a  salary  reduction  arrangement,  a  Participant  (or an
Employee in anticipation of becoming a Participant)  may file a salary reduction
agreement with the Plan Administrator. The salary reduction agreement may not be
effective   earlier  than  the  following   date  which  occurs  last:  (1)  the
Participant's Plan Entry Date (or, in the case of a reemployed Employee, his/her
re-participation  date  under  Article  II);  (2)  the  execution  date  of  the
Participant's salary reduction  agreement;  (3) the date the Employer adopts the
401(k)  arrangement  by executing the Adoption  Agreement;  or (4) the effective
date of the 401(k) arrangement, as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

     A salary reduction agreement must specify the dollar amount of Compensation
or  percentage  of  Compensation  the  Participant  wishes to defer.  The salary
reduction  agreement  will apply only to  Compensation  which becomes  currently
available to the  Participant  after the effective date of the salary  reduction
agreement.   The  Employer  will  apply  a  salary  reduction  election  to  the
Participant's Compensation as determined under Section 1.07 (and to increases in
such  Compensation)  unless the Participant  elects in his/her salary  reduction
agreement to limit the reduction to certain Compensation. The Plan Administrator
in the Plan's salary  reduction  agreement  form,  subject to the Plan terms and
applicable   Revenue  Service  guidance,   will  specify  additional  rules  and
restrictions applicable to a Participant's salary reduction agreement.

(B)  Cash or Deferred  Arrangement.  If the  Employer in its  Adoption Agreement
Section 3.02 elects a cash or deferred  arrangement,  a Participant may elect to
make a cash election against his/her  proportionate share of the Employer's cash
or deferred  contribution,  in accordance with the Employer's Adoption Agreement
elections.  A  Participant's  proportionate  share  of the  Employer's  cash  or
deferred   contribution  is  the  percentage  of  the  total  cash  or  deferred
contribution which bears the same ratio that the Participant's  Compensation for
the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation of all  Participants for the Plan
Year. For purposes of determining each Participant's  proportionate share of the
cash  or  deferred  contribution,   a  Participant's   Compensation  is  his/her
Compensation  as  determined  under  Section  1.07,  excluding  any  effect  the
proportionate  share  may have on the  Participant's  Compensation  for the Plan
Year. The Plan Administrator will determine the proportionate share prior to the
Employer's  actual  contribution to the Trust, to provide the  Participants  the
opportunity  to file cash  elections.  The  Employer  will pay  directly  to the
Participant  the  portion of his/her  proportionate  share the  Participant  has
elected to receive in cash.

(C)  Negative Election.  The Employer  in its  Adoption  Agreement may  elect to
apply prospectively to its Plan the negative election provisions of this Section
14.02(C).  Under a negative election, the Employer automatically will reduce the
Compensation  of each  Participant who is not deferring an amount at least equal
to the negative election amount,  by the required election amount,  except those
Participants  who timely make a contrary  election  under  Section  14.02(C)(1).
Participants  deferring an amount equal to or greater than the negative election
amount are not  subject  to the Plan's  negative  election  provisions.  Amounts
deferred  under  negative  election  are treated as elective  deferrals  for all
purposes  under the Plan.  An  Employer  in its  Adoption  Agreement  must elect
whether the negative  election  applies to all  Participants as of the effective
date of the negative  election or only to Employees  whose Plan Entry Date is on
or following the effective date of the negative election.

     (1) Participant's  contrary  election.  A Participant may at any time elect
not to defer  any  Compensation  or to defer an  amount  which is less  than the
negative  election  amount  ("contrary  election").   A  Participant's  contrary
election  generally is effective  as of the first  payroll  period for the month
which follows the Participant's  contrary  election.  However, a Participant may
make a contrary election which is effective: (1) for the first payroll period in
which he/she becomes a Participant if the Participant  makes a contrary election
within a reasonable period following the Participant's Entry Date and before the
Compensation to which the election applies becomes currently  available;  or (2)
for the first payroll  period  following the  effective  date of the  Employer's
adoption of the negative  election,  if the Participant  makes contrary election
not later than the  effective  date of the negative  election.  A  Participant's
contrary election continues in effect until the Participant subsequently changes
his/her Salary Reduction Agreement.

     (2) Negative  election  notice.  If the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement
adopts the negative election  provision,  the Plan  Administrator must provide a
notice to each  Eligible  Employee  which  explains  the effect of the  negative
election and a Participant's  right to make a contrary  election,  including the
procedure and timing applicable to the contrary election. The Plan Administrator
must  provide the notice to an Eligible  Employee a  reasonable  period prior to
that  Employee's  commencement  of  participation  in the  Plan  subject  to the
negative  election.  A  Plan  Administrator  also  must  notify  annually  those
Participants  then  subject to the negative  election of the  existing  negative
election  deferral  percentage  and the  Participant's  right to make a contrary
election,  including  the  procedure  and  timing  applicable  to  the  contrary
election.

C) Copyright 2001 Bank of Oklahoma, N.A. 53


DC-Sponsor

(D)  Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan.  The Employer in its  Adoption Agreement may elect
to apply to its Plan the safe harbor provisions of this Section 14.02(D). Except
as otherwise provided in this Plan, in the Code or in other applicable guidance,
an Employer must elect the safe harbor plan provisions of this Section  14.02(D)
and must satisfy the applicable  notice  requirements  prior to the beginning of
the Plan Year to which the safe harbor provisions apply. In addition,  except as
otherwise indicated, the electing Employer must apply the safe harbor provisions
for the entire  safe  harbor  Plan  Year,  including  any short  Plan Year.  The
provisions   of  this   Section   14.02(D)   apply  to  an   electing   Employer
notwithstanding  any contrary provision of the Plan and all other remaining Plan
terms  continue to apply to the  Employer's  safe harbor plan. An Employer which
elects and  operationally  satisfies the safe harbor  provisions of this Section
14.02(D) is not subject to the  nondiscrimination  provisions  of Section  14.08
(ADP  test).   An  electing   Employer   which  provides   additional   matching
contributions   as   described  in  Section   14.02(D)(3)   is  subject  to  the
nondiscrimination  provisions of Section 14.09 (ACP test), unless the additional
matching  contributions  satisfy the ACP test safe harbor  described  in Section
14.02(D)(3).

     (1) Safe Harbor -  Compensation.  For  purposes of this  Section  14.02(D),
Compensation  is limited as  described  in Section  1.07(E) and for  purposes of
allocating  the Employer's  safe harbor  contribution  and safe harbor  matching
contribution,   the  Employer   must  elect  under  its  Adoption   Agreement  a
nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation as described in Section 1.07(F). An
Employer  in its  Adoption  Agreement  also may  elect to limit  the  amount  of
Compensation  which is subject to deferral to any reasonable  definition  which:
(a) permits a Participant to receive the maximum matching contribution,  if any,
available  under the Plan;  or (b)  limits  deferrals  under the Plan to a whole
percentage or dollar amount.

     (2) Safe Harbor  Contributions/ADP  test safe  harbor.  An  Employer  which
elects under this  Section  14.02(D) to apply the safe harbor  provisions,  must
make a  contribution  to the Plan which will  satisfy  the ADP test safe  harbor
("safe harbor contribution").  The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect
whether the Employer will make its safe harbor  contribution in the form of: (a)
a safe harbor nonelective  contribution;  (b) a basic matching contribution;  or
(c) an enhanced matching contribution. A safe harbor nonelective contribution is
a fixed  nonelective  contribution  in an  amount  the  Employer  elects  in its
Adoption   Agreement   and  must  equal  at  least  3%  of  each   Participant's
Compensation.  A basic matching  contribution  is a fixed matching  contribution
equal to 100% of a  Participant's  elective  deferrals which do not exceed 3% of
Compensation,  plus 50% of elective  deferrals which exceed 3%, but which do not
exceed 5% of Compensation. An enhanced matching contribution is a fixed matching
contribution  made in  accordance  with any formula the  Employer  elects in its
Adoption Agreement under which, at any rate of elective deferrals, a Participant
receives  a  matching  contribution  which is at least  equal to the  match  the
Participant  would receive  under the basic  matching  contribution  formula and
under  which  the  rate of  match  does not  increase  as the rate of  deferrals
increases.  Under a basic or enhanced  safe harbor match,  a Highly  Compensated
Employee may not receive a greater rate of match than any Nonhighly  Compensated
Employee.  The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect the applicable time
period for  computing  the  Employer's  safe harbor  basic or enhanced  matching
contributions.  The Plan  Administrator must allocate the Employer's safe harbor
contribution without regard to the Section 3.06 allocation  conditions,  but the
Plan  Administrator  will not  allocate  a safe  harbor  contribution  where the
allocation would exceed a Participant's  Code ss.ss.415 or 402(g)  limitation or
where  the  Participant  is  suspended  from  making   deferrals  under  Section
14.11(A)(1).  The Plan Administrator must allocate the safe harbor  contribution
to all Participants unless the Employer in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement
elects to limit the safe harbor allocation to Nonhighly Compensated Employees. A
Participant's  Account Balance  attributable to safe harbor contributions at all
times 100%  Vested and subject to the  distribution  restrictions  described  in
Section  14.03(d).  An  Employer's  safe harbor  contribution  is not subject to
nondiscrimination  testing under Section 14.08 (ADP test) and if the safe harbor
contribution is in the form of a basic matching contribution,  it is not subject
to nondiscrimination testing under Section 14.09 (ACP test). The Employer in its
Adoption  Agreement  must  elect  whether to  satisfy  the ACP test safe  harbor
Section 14.02(D)(3)(a) amount limitation with respect to the Employer's enhanced
matching  contributions  or to test,  using current year  testing,  its enhanced
matching contributions under Section 14.09 (ACP test).

     An Employer electing Section 14.02(D) which in its Adoption  Agreement also
elects to apply  permitted  disparity in allocating the  Employer's  nonelective
contributions,   may  not  include  within  the  permitted   disparity   formula
allocation, any of the Employer's safe harbor contributions.  An Employer in its
Adoption  Agreement  may elect to make the safe harbor  contribution  to another
defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer provided:  (i) the Employer
maintains its safe harbor 401(k) Plan using a  Nonstandardized  401(k)  Adoption
Agreement;  or (ii) the Employer makes its safe harbor  contribution  to another
defined contribution plan paired with the Employer's safe harbor 401(k) Plan.

(3)  Additional Matching  Contributions/ACP  test safe harbor. An Employer which
satisfies  the ADP test safe harbor under Section  14.02(D)(2),  in its Adoption
Agreement  may elect to make  matching  contributions  to the Plan  which are in
addition to the Employer's safe harbor contributions and which the Employer does
not  use  to   satisfy   the  ADP  test  safe   harbor   ("additional   matching
contributions").  The Employer in its Adoption  Agreement  must elect whether to
subject  the  additional  matching  contributions  to the ACP test  safe  harbor
requirements of this Section 14.02(D)(3), or for the Plan Administrator to test,
using  current  year  testing,   the  additional   matching   contributions  for
nondiscrimination  under  Section  14.09  (ACP  test).  Under  the ACP test safe
harbor:  (a) the Employer may not make matching  contributions with respect to a
Participant's  deferral contributions which exceed 6% of Plan Year Compensation;
(b) the  amount of any  discretionary  matching  contribution  allocated  to any
Participant  in Plan  Years  commencing  after  1999  may not  exceed  4% of the
Participant's Plan Year Compensation; (c) the rate of matching contributions may
not increase as the rate of deferrals increases;  and (d) subject to application
of any Section 3.06 allocation conditions, a Highly Compensated Employee may not
receive a greater rate of match than any  Nonhighly  Compensated  Employee.  The
Employer must elect in its Adoption  Agreement the vesting schedule,  allocation
conditions and distribution  provisions  applicable to the Employer's additional
matching contributions described in this Section 14.02(D)(3). If the Employer in
its Adoption  Agreement has elected to permit Employee  contributions  under the
Plan: (i) any Employee contributions do not satisfy the ACP test safe harbor and
the Plan Administrator must test the Employee  contributions under Section 14.09
(ACP test) using current year testing;  and (ii) if the Employer in its Adoption
Agreement elects to match the Employee contributions,  the Plan Administrator in
applying  the 6%  amount  limit in clause  (a) must  aggregate  a  Participant's
deferral  contribution  and Employee  contributions  which are subject to the 6%
limit.



DC-Sponsor

     (4) Safe Harbor notice. The Plan Administrator annually must provide a safe
harbor notice to each  Participant  a reasonable  period prior to each Plan Year
for which the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement  has elected to apply the safe
harbor provisions. For this purpose, the Plan Administrator is deemed to provide
timely notice if the Plan Administrator provides the safe harbor notice at least
30 days and not more than 90 days prior to the beginning of the safe harbor Plan
Year. The safe harbor notice must provide  comprehensive  information  regarding
the Participants' rights and obligations under the Plan and must be written in a
manner  calculated to be understood by the average  Participant.  If an Employee
becomes  eligible to  participate in the Plan after the Plan  Administrator  has
provided the annual safe harbor notice,  the Plan Administrator must provide the
safe harbor notice no later than the  Employee's  Plan Entry Date. A Participant
may make or modify a salary reduction agreement under the Employer's safe harbor
401(k)  Plan for 30 days  following  receipt of the safe  harbor  notice,  or if
greater, for the period the Plan Administrator specifies in the salary reduction
agreement.

     (5) Mid-year  changes in  safe harbor  status.  The  Employer may amend its
401(k) Plan during any Plan Year to become a safe harbor plan under this Section
14.02(D) for that Plan Year,  provided:  (a) the Plan then is using current year
testing;  (b) the Employer amends the Plan to add the safe harbor provisions not
later  than 30 days  prior  to the end of the Plan  Year  and to apply  the safe
harbor  provisions for the entire Plan Year; (c) the Employer  elects to satisfy
the safe  harbor  contribution  requirement  using the safe  harbor  nonelective
contribution;  and (d) the Plan Administrator  provides a notice to Participants
prior to the beginning of the Plan Year for which the safe harbor  amendment may
become  effective,  that the Employer  later may amend the Plan to a safe harbor
plan for that Plan Year using the safe harbor  nonelective  contribution  and if
the  Employer  so  amends  the  Plan,  the Plan  Administrator  will  provide  a
supplemental  notice to  Participants  at least 30 days prior to the end of that
Plan Year informing  Participants of the amendment.  The Plan Administrator then
must  timely  provide  any  supplemental  notice  required  under  this  Section
14.02(D)(5). Except as otherwise specified, the Participant notices described in
this Section  14.02(D)(5) also must satisfy the requirements  applicable to safe
harbor notices under Section 14.02(D)(4).

     The  Employer  may amend its safe harbor  401(k) Plan during a Plan Year to
reduce or eliminate prospectively, any safe harbor contribution which is a basic
matching or enhanced matching contribution (under Section 14.02(D)(2)) provided:
(i) the Plan Administrator  provides a notice to the Participants which explains
the  effect of the  amendment,  specifies  the  amendment's  effective  date and
informs  Participants  they will have a reasonable  opportunity  to modify their
salary reduction agreements,  and if applicable,  Employee  contributions;  (ii)
Participants  have a reasonable  opportunity  and period prior to the  effective
date of the  amendment  to modify  their  salary  reduction  agreements,  and if
applicable,  Employee  contributions;  and (iii) the  amendment is not effective
earlier than the later of: (a) 30 days after the Plan Administrator gives notice
of the amendment; or (b) the date the Employer adopts the amendment. An Employer
which  amends  its safe  harbor  Plan to  eliminate  or reduce  the safe  harbor
matching  contribution under this Section  14.02(D)(5),  or which terminates the
Plan under Section 13.04 effective  during the Plan Year, must continue to apply
all of the safe harbor requirements of this Section 14.02(D) until the amendment
or termination  becomes  effective and also must apply for the entire Plan Year,
using current year testing, the nondiscrimination  test under Section 14.08 (ADP
test), and if applicable,  the  nondiscrimination  test under Section 14.09 (ACP
test).

     An  Employer  maintaining  a  profit  sharing  plan,  stock  bonus  plan or
pre-ERISA money purchase pension plan may during a Plan Year amend prospectively
its Plan to become a safe harbor 401(k) plan provided:  (a) the Employer's  Plan
is not a successor plan as described in Notice 98-1 or any subsequent applicable
guidance;  (b) the 401(k)  arrangement is in effect for at least 3 months during
the Plan  Year;  (c) the Plan  Administrator  provides  the safe  harbor  notice
described in Section  14.02(D)(4) a reasonable  time prior to and not later than
the effective  date of the amendment;  and (d) the Plan satisfies  commencing on
the effective date of the amendment, all of the safe harbor requirements of this
Section 14.02(D).

(E)  SIMPLE  401(k) Plan.  The  Employer  in  its  Standardized  Code  ss.401(k)
Adoption  Agreement  may  elect to apply  prospectively  to its Plan the  SIMPLE
401(k) provisions of this Section 14.02(E) if: (1) the Plan Year is the calendar
year; (2) the Employer  (including  Related Employers under Section 1.26) has no
more than 100  Employees  who  received  Compensation  of at least $5,000 in the
immediately  preceding calendar year; and (3) the Employer does not maintain any
other  plan  as   described  in  Code   ss.219(g)(5),   with  respect  to  which
contributions  were made or  benefits  were  accrued  for Service by an eligible
Employee in the Plan Year to which the SIMPLE  401(k)  provisions  apply.  If an
electing  Employer fails for any subsequent  calendar year to satisfy all of the
foregoing  requirements,   including  where  the  Employer  is  involved  in  an
acquisition,  disposition  or  similar  transaction  under  which  the  Employer
satisfies Code ss.410(b)(6)(C)(1), the Employer remains eligible to maintain the
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan for two additional  calendar years following the last year in
which the Employer  satisfied the  requirements.  The provisions of this Section
14.02(E) apply to an electing Employer notwithstanding any contrary provision in
the Plan.

     (1) SIMPLE  -  Compensation.   For  purposes  of  this  Section   14.02(E),
Compensation  is limited as described in Section 1.07(E) and: (a) in the case of
an Employee,  means W-2 wages but increased by the Employee's elective deferrals
under a 401(k) arrangement, SIMPLE IRA, SARSEP or 403(b) annuity; and (b) in the
case of a Self  Employed  Individual,  means Earned  Income  determined  without
regard to contributions made to this Plan.

     (2) Participant  deferral  contributions.  Each eligible Employee may enter
into a salary reduction agreement to make deferral contributions into the SIMPLE
401(k) Plan in an amount not exceeding  $6,000 per calendar  year, or such other
amount as in effect under Code ss.408(p)(2)(E).  A Participant may elect to make
deferral  contributions  or modify a salary  reduction  agreement at any time in
accordance  with  the  Plan  Administrator's   SIMPLE  401(k)  salary  reduction
agreement  form, but must be provided at least 60 days prior to the beginning of
each SIMPLE Plan Year or  commencement  of  participation  for this  purpose.  A
Participant  also  may at  any  time  terminate  prospectively,  his/her  salary
reduction agreement applicable to the Employer's SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.



DC-Sponsor

     (3) Employer  SIMPLE 401(k)  contributions.  An Employer which elects under
this Section 14.02(E) to apply the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions,  annually must make
a  SIMPLE  401(k)  contribution  to  the  Plan  as  described  in  this  Section
14.02(E)(3).  The Employer  operationally  must elect  whether the Employer will
contribute:  (1) a matching  contribution equal to each  Participant's  deferral
contributions  but not  exceeding  3% of Plan Year  Compensation  or such  lower
percentage as the Employer may elect under Code ss.408(p)(2)(C)(ii)(II);  or (2)
a  nonelective  contribution  equal  to 2% of Plan  Year  Compensation  for each
Participant whose  Compensation is at least $5,000. The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement may not elect to apply any Section 3.06  allocation  conditions to the
Plan Administrator's allocation of Employer SIMPLE contributions.

     (4) SIMPLE 401(k)  notice.  The Plan  Administrator  must provide notice to
each  Participant  a reasonable  period of time before the 60th day prior to the
beginning of each SIMPLE 401(k) Plan Year, describing the Participant's deferral
election rights and the Employer's  matching or nonelective  contributions which
the Employer will make for the Plan Year described in the notice.

     (5) Application  of remaining Plan  provisions.  All  contributions  to the
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan are Annual Additions  subject to the limitations set forth in
Article  III.  No  contributions  other than  those  described  in this  Section
14.02(E) or rollover contributions  described in Section 4.04 may be made to the
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. All  contributions to the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan are 100% Vested
at all times and in the event of a conversion of a non SIMPLE Plan into a SIMPLE
401(k) Plan, all Account Balances in existence on the first day of the Plan Year
to which the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions apply, become 100% Vested. A SIMPLE 401(k)
Plan is not subject to nondiscrimination  testing under Section 14.08 (ADP test)
or Section  14.09  (ACP  test) o f the Plan and is not  subject to the top heavy
provisions  of  Article  XII.  Except as  otherwise  described  in this  Section
14.03(E),  if an Employer  has elected in its  Adoption  Agreement  to apply the
SIMPLE 401(k) provisions of this Section 14.03(E),  the Plan  Administrator will
apply the remaining Plan provisions to Employer's Plan.

(F)  Election not to participate.  A Participant's or Employee's election not to
participate,  pursuant to Section 2.06,  includes  his/her right to enter into a
salary  reduction  agreement or to share in the allocation of a cash or deferred
contribution.

     14.03 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article XIV:

     (a) "Compensation" means, except as otherwise provided in this Article XIV,
     Compensation as defined for nondiscrimination purposes in Section 1.07(F).

     (b) "Current year testing"  means for purposes of the ADP test described in
     Section 14.08 and the ACP test described in Section 14.09,  the use of data
     from  the  testing  year in  determining  the ADP or ADP for the  Nonhighly
     Compensated Group.

     (c) "Deferral contributions" are salary reduction contributions and cash or
     deferred  contributions the Employer  contributes to the Trust on behalf of
     an  eligible  Employee,  irrespective  of  whether,  in the case of cash or
     deferred  contributions,  the  contribution  is  at  the  election  of  the
     Employee.   For  salary  reduction   contributions,   the  terms  "deferral
     contributions" and "elective deferrals" have the same meaning.

     (d) "Distribution   restrictions"  means  the  Employee  may not  receive a
     distribution  of the  restricted  balances  described in Section 14.11 (nor
     earnings  on  those  contributions)   except  in  the  event  of:  (1)  the
     Participant's  death,  Disability,   Separation  from  Service  (which  for
     purposes  of  this  Section  14.03(d),  means  as  the  Plan  Administrator
     determines under applicable  Revenue Service guidance,  including the "same
     desk" rule and Revenue  Ruling  2000-27 with respect to certain  asset sale
     transactions)  or  attainment  of  age  59  1/2,  (2)  financial   hardship
     satisfying Section 14.11(A), (3) Plan termination, without establishment of
     a successor defined contribution plan (other than an ESOP), (4) a sale by a
     corporate  Employer of substantially  all of the assets (within the meaning
     of Code  ss.409(d)(2))  used in a trade or  business  of the  Employer,  to
     another corporation,  but only to an Employee who continues employment with
     the  corporation  acquiring  those  assets,  or (5) a sale  by a  corporate
     Employer  of its  interest  in a  subsidiary  (within  the  meaning of Code
     ss.409(d)(3)),  but only to an Employee who continues  employment  with the
     subsidiary.  A distribution  described in clauses (3), (4) or (5) must be a
     lump sum distribution, and otherwise must satisfy Code ss.401(k)(10).

     (e) "Elective  deferrals" are all salary reduction  contributions  and that
     portion of any cash or deferred contribution which the Employer contributes
     to the Plan at the election of an eligible Employee.  Any portion of a cash
     or deferred contribution contributed to the Trust because of the Employee's
     failure to make a cash  election  is an  elective  deferral.  However,  any
     portion of a cash or deferred contribution over which the Employee does not
     have a cash election is not an elective deferral. Elective deferrals do not
     include amounts which have become currently available to the Employee prior
     to the election nor amounts  designated as an Employee  contribution at the
     time of deferral or contribution. Elective deferrals are 100% vested at all
     times.

     (f) "Eligible  Employee"  means,  for purposes of the ADP test described in
     Section 14.08, an Employee who is eligible to enter into a salary reduction
     agreement for all or any portion of the Plan Year,  irrespective of whether
     he/she  actually  enters into such an agreement,  and a Participant  who is
     eligible for an allocation of the Employer's cash or deferred  contribution
     for the Plan Year. For purposes of the ACP test described in Section 14.09,
     an  eligible  Employee  is a  Participant  who is  eligible  to  receive an
     allocation of matching  contributions  (or would be eligible if he/she made
     the type of  contributions  necessary to receive an  allocation of matching
     contributions)   and  a  Participant  who  is  eligible  to  make  Employee
     contributions,  irrespective  of whether  he/she  actually  makes  Employee
     contributions.  An Employee  continues to be an eligible  Employee during a
     period the Plan suspends the Employee's right to make elective deferrals or
     Employee contributions following a hardship distribution.



DC-Sponsor

     (g) "Employee  contributions"  are  nondeductible  contributions  made by a
     Participant and  designated,  at the time of  contribution,  as an Employee
     contribution.   Elective  deferrals  and  deferral  contributions  are  not
     Employee contributions. Employee contributions are subject to Article IV.

     (h) "Highly Compensated  Employee" means an eligible Employee who satisfies
     the definition in Section 1.14 of the Plan.

     (i) "Highly  Compensated  Group" means the group of eligible  Employees who
     are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year.

     (j) "Matching  contributions"  are  contributions  made by  the Employer on
     account of elective  deferrals under a 401(k)  arrangement or on account of
     Employee  contributions.  Matching  contributions also include  Participant
     forfeitures  allocated  on account of such  elective  deferrals or Employee
     contributions.

     (k) "Nonelective  contributions"  are  contributions  made by  the Employer
     which are not subject to a deferral  election by an Employee  and which are
     not matching contributions.

     (l) "Nonhighly  Compensated Employee" means an eligible Employee who is not
     a Highly Compensated Employee.

     (m) "Nonhighly Compensated Group" means the group of eligible Employees who
     are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year.

     (n) "Prior year  testing"  means for purposes of the ADP test  described in
     Section 14.08 and the ACP test described in Section 14.09,  the use of data
     from the Plan Year immediately prior to the testing year in determining the
     ADP or ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Group.

     (o) "Qualified matching contributions" are matching contributions which are
     100%  Vested  at all  times  and  which  are  subject  to the  distribution
     restrictions described in Section 14.03(d).  Matching contributions are not
     100% Vested at all times if the Employee has a 100% Vested interest because
     of his/her Years of Service  taken into account  under a vesting  schedule.
     Any matching contributions  allocated to a Participant's qualified matching
     contributions  Account under the Plan automatically satisfy and are subject
     to the definition of qualified matching contributions.

     (p) "Qualified  nonelective  contributions"  are nonelective  contributions
     which  are  100%  Vested  at  all  times  and  which  are  subject  to  the
     distribution  restrictions  described  in  Section  14.03(d).   Nonelective
     contributions  are not 100% Vested at all times if the  Employee has a 100%
     Vested  interest  because of his/her  Years of Service  taken into  account
     under a vesting  schedule.  Any  nonelective  contributions  allocated to a
     Participant's  qualified  nonelective  contributions Account under the Plan
     automatically  satisfy  and are  subject  to the  definition  of  qualified
     nonelective contributions.

     (q) "Regular matching  contributions" are matching  contributions which are
     not qualified matching contributions.

     (r) "Safe  harbor  contributions"  are  Employer  nonelective  or  matching
     contributions which the Plan Administrator  applies to satisfy the ADP test
     safe harbor under Code ss.401(k)(12)(B) or (C) and which are 100% Vested at
     all times and subject to the distribution restrictions described in Section
     14.03(d). Safe harbor contributions are not 100% Vested at all times if the
     Employee  has a 100% Vested  interest  because of his/her  Years of Service
     taken into account under a vesting schedule. Any nonelective  contributions
     allocated   to  a   Participant's   safe  harbor   contributions   Account,
     automatically  satisfy  and are  subject to the  definition  of safe harbor
     contributions.

     (s) "Salary reduction  agreement" is a written election by a Participant to
     make salary reduction contributions as described in Section 14.02(A).

     (t) "Salary reduction contributions" mean Employer contributions elected by
     a Participant to be made from the Participant's  Compensation pursuant to a
     salary reduction  agreement and which the Plan  Administrator must allocate
     to the electing Participant's Account.

     (u) "Testing  year" means for purposes of the ADP test described in Section
     14.08 and the ACP test described in Section 14.09,  the Plan Year for which
     the ADP or ACP test is being performed.

     14.04 MATCHING  CONTRIBUTIONS /  EMPLOYEE  CONTRIBUTIONS.  The  Employer in
Adoption Agreement Section 3.01 may elect to provide matching contributions. The
Employer  in  Adoption  Agreement  Section  4.02  also  may  elect  to  permit a
Participant to make Employee contributions.

     14.05 DEFERRAL DEPOSIT  TIMING/EMPLOYER  CONTRIBUTION  STATUS. The Employer
must make salary  reduction  contributions  to the Trust after  withholding  the
corresponding  Compensation  from the  Participant at the earliest date on which
the  contributions  can  reasonably be segregated  from the  Employer's  general
assets.  Furthermore,  the  Employer  must  make to the Trust  salary  reduction
contributions, cash or deferred contributions, matching contributions (including
qualified matching  contributions),  qualified nonelective  contributions,  safe
harbor  contributions and SIMPLE contributions no later than the time prescribed
by the Code or  ERISA.  Salary  reduction  contributions  and  cash or  deferred
contributions  are  Employer  contributions  for all  purposes  under this Plan,
except  to the  extent  the Code  prohibits  the use of these  contributions  to
satisfy the qualification requirements of the Code.



DC-Sponsor

     14.06 SPECIAL  ACCOUNTING AND ALLOCATION  PROVISIONS.  To make  allocations
under the Plan,  the Plan  Administrator  must  establish for each  Participant,
consistent  with the  Employer's  elections  under  its  Adoption  Agreement,  a
deferral contributions Account, a nonelective contributions Account, a qualified
matching  contributions  Account,  a regular matching  contributions  Account, a
qualified nonelective contributions Account, a safe harbor contributions Account
and a SIMPLE contributions account.

(A)  Deferral  contributions.  The  Plan  Administrator  will  allocate  to each
Participant's   deferral   contributions   Account   the   amount  of   deferral
contributions the Employer makes to the Trust on behalf of the Participant.  The
Plan  Administrator  will make this  allocation  as of the last day of each Plan
Year or more  frequently as it may determine to be  appropriate  and  consistent
with the Plan terms,  including  those  providing for  allocation of net income,
gain or loss.

(B)  Matching contributions. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer's
matching  contributions  as of the last day of each Plan Year or more frequently
as the Plan  Administrator  may determine to be appropriate  and consistent with
the Plan terms,  including those providing for allocation of net income, gain or
loss.  The Plan  Administrator  may not  allocate  any  fixed  or  discretionary
matching  contributions  with respect to deferral  contributions that are excess
deferrals under Section 14.07.  For this purpose:  (a) excess  deferrals  relate
first to deferral  contributions for the Plan Year not otherwise  eligible for a
matching  contribution;  and (b) if the Plan Year is not a  calendar  year,  the
excess  deferrals  for a Plan Year are the last  elective  deferrals  made for a
calendar year. The Plan  Administrator may not allocate a matching  contribution
to a Participant's  Account to the extent the matching  contribution exceeds the
Participant's  Annual  Additions  limitation  in  Part  2 of  Article  III.  The
provisions of Section 3.05 govern the treatment of any matching contribution the
Plan  Administrator  allocates  contrary to this Section 14.06(B),  and the Plan
Administrator   will  compute  a  Participant's   ACP  under  Section  14.09  by
disregarding the forfeiture.

     (1) Fixed match.  To the extent the Employer makes  matching  contributions
     under a fixed  matching  contribution  formula set forth in the  Employer's
     Adoption  Agreement,  the Plan  Administrator  will  allocate  the matching
     contribution to the Account of the Participant on whose behalf the Employer
     makes that contribution. A fixed matching contribution formula is a formula
     under  which the  Employer  contributes  a specified  percentage  or dollar
     amount on  behalf of a  Participant  based on that  Participant's  deferral
     contributions or Employee  contributions eligible for a match. The Employer
     may  contribute  on  a  Participant's  behalf  under  a  specific  matching
     contribution  formula  only if the  Participant  satisfies  the  allocation
     conditions  for matching  contributions,  if any,  the  Employer  elects in
     Adoption Agreement Section 3.06. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may
     elect  whether  the  Plan  Administrator  will  allocate  a fixed  matching
     contribution as a qualified matching  contribution or as a regular matching
     contribution.

     (2) Discretionary  match.  To  the  extent   the  Employer  makes  matching
     contributions  under a discretionary  formula,  the Plan Administrator will
     allocate the  discretionary  matching  contributions to the Account of each
     Participant who satisfies the allocation  conditions,  if any, for matching
     contributions  the Employer elects in Adoption  Agreement Section 3.06. The
     allocation  of  discretionary  matching  contributions  to a  Participant's
     Account  is  in  the  same  proportion  that  each  Participant's  deferral
     contributions bear to the total deferral contributions of all Participants.
     If the discretionary  formula is a tiered formula,  the Plan  Administrator
     will make this allocation  separately with respect to each tier of deferral
     contributions,  allocating  in  such  manner  the  amount  of the  matching
     contributions  made with respect to that tier.  The Employer  operationally
     may direct the Plan Administrator to allocate any discretionary  match as a
     regular matching contribution or as a qualified matching contribution.

     (3) Match  on  deferrals  and  Employee  contributions.   If  the  matching
     contribution formula applies both to deferral contributions and to Employee
     contributions,   the  matching   contributions   apply  first  to  deferral
     contributions.

(C)  Qualified  nonelective   contributions.   If  the  Employer   operationally
designates a nonelective contribution to be a qualified nonelective contribution
for  the  Plan  Year,  the  Plan  Administrator  will  allocate  that  qualified
nonelective  contribution to the qualified nonelective  contributions Account of
each Participant eligible for an allocation of that designated contribution,  as
the Employer elects in Adoption Agreement Section 3.04.

(D)  Nonelective contributions. If the Employer makes a nonelective contribution
for the  Plan  Year  which  the  Employer  does  not  designate  as a  qualified
nonelective  contribution,  the Plan Administrator will allocate the nonelective
contribution in accordance with Adoption Agreement Section 3.04. For purposes of
the  nondiscrimination  tests described in Sections 14.08 (ADP test), 14.09 (ACP
test) and 14.10  (multiple use  limitation),  the Plan  Administrator  may treat
nonelective  contributions  allocated  under this Section  14.06(D) as qualified
nonelective contributions, if the contributions otherwise satisfy the definition
of qualified  nonelective  contributions.  The Employer,  to facilitate the Plan
Administrator's  correction of test failures  under  Sections  14.08,  14.09 and
14.10,   also  may  make  qualified   nonelective   contributions  to  the  Plan
irrespective  of whether the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement  has elected to
provide nonelective contributions.

(E)  Safe harbor contributions. If the Employer elects under Section 14.02(D) to
apply the safe harbor  provisions  to the Plan,  the Employer  will allocate the
safe  harbor  contributions  to the safe  harbor  contributions  Account of each
Participant  unless the Employer in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement elects
to limit safe harbor allocations to Nonhighly Compensated Employees.

(F)  SIMPLE  401(k) Plan contributions.  If the Employer  elects  under  Section
14.02(E) to apply the SIMPLE 401(k)  provisions  to the Plan,  the Employer will
allocate  the  SIMPLE  contributions  to the  SIMPLE  contributions  Account  of
Participants  eligible  to  receive  an  allocation  of  the  Employer's  SIMPLE
contribution  (including  Participants  who  make  deferral  contributions),  as
specified in Section 14.02(E).



DC-Sponsor

     14.07 ANNUAL ELECTIVE DEFERRAL LIMITATION.

(A)  Annual Elective Deferral Limitation.   An Employee's elective deferrals for
a  calendar  year  may  not  exceed  the  Code  ss.402(g)   limitation  ("402(g)
limitation").  The 402(g)  limitation  is the greater of $7,000 or the  adjusted
amount  determined by the Secretary of the  Treasury.  If,  pursuant to a salary
reduction  agreement  or pursuant to a cash or deferral  election,  the Employer
determines  the  Employee's  elective  deferrals to the Plan for a calendar year
would exceed the 402(g)  limitation,  the Employer  will suspend the  Employee's
salary  reduction  agreement,  if any, until the following  January 1 and pay in
cash the portion of a deferral  election  which would  result in the  Employee's
elective deferrals for the calendar year exceeding the 402(g) limitation. If the
Plan   Administrator   determines  an  Employee's   elective  deferrals  already
contributed  to the Plan for a calendar year exceed the 402(g)  limitation,  the
Plan Administrator will distribute the amount in excess of the 402(g) limitation
(the  "excess  deferral"),  as  adjusted  for  allocable  income  under  Section
14.07(C),  no later than April 15 of the  following  calendar  year. If the Plan
Administrator  distributes the excess deferral by the appropriate  April 15, the
excess  deferral  is not an Annual  Addition  under  Article  III,  and the Plan
Administrator  may make the  distribution  irrespective  of any other  provision
under this Plan or under the Code. The Plan Administrator will reduce the amount
of excess  deferrals  for a calendar year  distributable  to the Employee by the
amount of  excess  contributions  (as  determined  in  Section  14.08),  if any,
previously  distributed  to the  Employee  for the Plan Year  beginning  in that
calendar year.  Elective  deferrals  distributed to an Employee as excess Annual
Additions in  accordance  with Article III are not taken into account  under the
Employee's 402(g) limitation.

(B)  More than One Plan. If an Employee  participates in another plan subject to
the 402(g) limitation under which he/she makes elective  deferrals pursuant to a
401(k) arrangement,  elective deferrals under a SARSEP,  elective  contributions
under a SIMPLE IRA or salary reduction  contributions to a tax-sheltered annuity
(irrespective  of whether the Employer  maintains the other plan),  the Employee
may provide to the Plan  Administrator a written claim for excess deferrals made
to the Plan for a calendar  year.  The  Employee  must submit the claim no later
than the March 1 following  the close of the  particular  calendar  year and the
claim must specify the amount of the Employee's  elective  deferrals  under this
Plan which are excess  deferrals.  If the Plan  Administrator  receives a timely
claim, it will distribute the excess deferral (as adjusted for allocable income)
the Employee  has assigned to this Plan,  in  accordance  with the  distribution
procedure described in Section 14.07(A).

(C)  Allocable Income. For purposes of making a distribution of excess deferrals
pursuant to this Section  14.07,  allocable  income means net income or net loss
allocable  to the excess  deferrals  for the  calendar  year (but not beyond the
calendar year) in which the Employee made the excess  deferral,  determined in a
manner which is uniform,  nondiscriminatory  and  reasonably  reflective  of the
manner  used by the Plan  Administrator  to  allocate  income  to  Participants'
Accounts.

     14.08 ACTUAL DEFERRAL  PERCENTAGE  (ADP) TEST. For each Plan Year, the Plan
Administrator  must determine  whether the Plan's 401(k)  arrangement  satisfies
either of the following ADP tests:

     (i)   The ADP for the  Highly Compensated Group does not  exceed 1.25 times
     the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group; or

     (ii)  The ADP for the Highly Compensated  Group does not exceed the ADP for
     the Nonhighly  Compensated Group by more than two percentage points (or the
     lesser  percentage  permitted  by the multiple  use  limitation  in Section
     14.10) and the ADP for the Highly  Compensated Group is not more than twice
     the ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated Group.

(A)  Calculation  of ADP.  The ADP for a group is the  average  of the  separate
deferral  percentages  calculated for each eligible  Employee who is a member of
that group. An eligible  Employee's  deferral  percentage for a Plan Year is the
ratio of the eligible Employee's deferral contributions for the Plan Year to the
Employee's  Compensation  for the Plan Year.  In  determining  the ADP, the Plan
Administrator must include any Highly  Compensated  Employee's excess deferrals,
as  described  in  Section  14.07(A),  to this Plan or to any other  Plan of the
Employer and the Plan  Administrator  will  disregard any Nonhighly  Compensated
Employee's excess deferrals. The Plan Administrator operationally may include in
the  ADP  test,  qualified  nonelective  contributions  and  qualified  matching
contributions  the Plan  Administrator  does not use in the ACP  test.  The Plan
Administrator,  under  prior year  testing,  may include  qualified  nonelective
contributions or qualified  matching  contributions in determining the Nonhighly
Compensated  Employee ADP only if the Employer  makes such  contribution  to the
Plan by the end of the testing  year and the Plan  Administrator  allocates  the
contribution  to the prior Plan Year. In  determining  whether the Plan's 401(k)
arrangement  satisfies  either ADP test, the Plan  Administrator  will use prior
year testing, unless the Employer in Adoption Agreement Appendices A or B elects
to use current  year  testing.  An Employer  may not change  from  current  year
testing  to  prior  year  testing  except  as  provided  in the Code or in other
applicable  guidance.  For the first  Plan Year the  Employer  permits  elective
deferrals  and the Plan is not a successor  plan (as  provided in the Code or in
other applicable guidance), under prior year testing, the prior year ADP for the
Nonhighly  Compensated  Group is 3% unless the  Employer  in an  Addendum to its
Adoption  Agreement  elects to use the actual  first year ADP for the  Nonhighly
Compensated Group.

(B)  Special aggregation rule for Highly Compensated Employees. To determine the
deferral percentage of any Highly Compensated  Employee,  the Plan Administrator
must take into account any  elective  deferrals  made by the Highly  Compensated
Employee under any other 401(k) arrangement  maintained by the Employer,  unless
the  elective  deferrals  are to an ESOP.  If the plans  containing  the  401(k)
arrangements  have different plan years, the Plan  Administrator  will determine
the combined deferral contributions on the basis of the plan years ending in the
same calendar year.



DC-Sponsor

(C)  Aggregation of certain 401(k)  arrangements.  If the Employer treats two or
more plans as a single plan for  coverage  or  nondiscrimination  purposes,  the
Employer  must  combine the 401(k)  arrangements  under such plans to  determine
whether the plans satisfy the ADP test. This aggregation rule applies to the ADP
determination  for all eligible  Employees,  irrespective of whether an eligible
Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee or a Nonhighly  Compensated  Employee.
An Employer may aggregate 401(k)  arrangements  under this Section 14.08(C) only
if the  plans  have the same  plan  years and use the same  testing  method.  An
Employer  may not  aggregate  an ESOP (or the  ESOP  portion  of a plan)  with a
non-ESOP  plan (or  non-ESOP  portion of a plan).  If the  Employer  aggregating
401(k) arrangements under this Section 14.08(C) is using prior year testing, the
Plan Administrator must adjust the Nonhighly Compensated Group ADP for the prior
year as provided in the Code or in other applicable guidance.

(D)  Characterization  of excess  contributions.  If,  pursuant to this  Section
14.08,  the  Plan  Administrator  has  elected  to  include  qualified  matching
contributions  in the  ADP  test,  the  excess  contributions  are  attributable
proportionately   to   deferral   contributions   and  to   qualified   matching
contributions allocated on the basis of those deferral  contributions.  The Plan
Administrator  will  reduce the amount of excess  contributions  for a Plan Year
distributable to a Highly Compensated Employee by the amount of excess deferrals
(as  determined  in  Section  14.07),  if any,  previously  distributed  to that
Employee for the Employee's taxable year ending in that Plan Year.

(E)  Distribution of excess contributions.  If the Plan Administrator determines
the Plan fails to satisfy the ADP test for a Plan Year, the Trustee, as directed
by the Plan Administrator, must distribute the excess contributions, as adjusted
for allocable income under Section 14.08(F), during the next Plan Year. However,
the  Employer  may  incur an excise  tax with  respect  to the  amount of excess
contributions  for a  Plan  Year  not  distributed  to  the  appropriate  Highly
Compensated  Employees during the first 2 1/2 months of that next Plan Year. The
excess contributions are the amount of deferral contributions made by the Highly
Compensated  Employees  which  causes  the Plan to fail the ADP  test.  The Plan
Administrator will determine the total amount of the excess contributions to the
Plan by starting with the Highly  Compensated  Employee(s)  who has the greatest
deferral  percentage,  reducing his/her  deferral  percentage (but not below the
next highest  deferral  percentage),  then, if necessary,  reducing the deferral
percentage of the Highly  Compensated  Employee(s) at the next highest  deferral
percentage level,  including the deferral  percentage of the Highly  Compensated
Employee(s) whose deferral percentage the Plan Administrator already has reduced
(but not below the next highest  deferral  percentage),  and  continuing in this
manner until the ADP for the Highly Compensated Group satisfies the ADP test.

     After the Plan  Administrator has determined the total excess  contribution
amount, the Trustee, as directed by the Plan Administrator, then will distribute
to each  Highly  Compensated  Employee  his/her  respective  share of the excess
contributions.  The Plan  Administrator  will determine each Highly  Compensated
Employee's share of excess contributions by starting with the Highly Compensated
Employee(s)  who has the highest dollar amount of elective  deferrals,  reducing
his/her  elective  deferrals  (but not below the next highest  dollar  amount of
elective deferrals), then, if necessary,  reducing the elective deferrals of the
Highly  Compensated  Employee(s)  at the next highest  dollar amount of elective
deferrals including the elective deferrals of the Highly Compensated Employee(s)
whose  elective  deferrals the Plan  Administrator  already has reduced (but not
below the next highest dollar amount of elective  deferrals),  and continuing in
this manner until the Trustee has distributed all excess contributions.

(F)  Allocable income.  To determine the amount of the  corrective  distribution
required under this Section  14.08,  the Plan  Administrator  must calculate the
allocable  income  for the Plan Year (but not beyond the Plan Year) in which the
excess contributions arose.  "Allocable income" means net income or net loss. To
calculate  allocable income for the Plan Year, the Plan Administrator will use a
uniform and  nondiscriminatory  method which reasonably reflects the manner used
by the Plan Administrator to allocate income to Participants' Accounts.

     14.09 ACTUAL  CONTRIBUTION  PERCENTAGE  (ACP) TEST. For each Plan Year, the
Plan   Administrator   must  determine  whether  the  annual  Employer  matching
contributions (other than qualified matching  contributions used in the ADP test
under Section 14.08),  if any, and the Employee  contributions,  if any, satisfy
either of the following ACP tests:

     (i)   The ACP for the  Highly Compensated Group does not  exceed 1.25 times
     the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group; or

     (ii)  The ACP for the Highly Compensated  Group does not exceed the ACP for
     the Nonhighly  Compensated Group by more than two percentage points (or the
     lesser  percentage  permitted  by the multiple  use  limitation  in Section
     14.10) and the ACP for the Highly  Compensated Group is not more than twice
     the ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Group.

(A)  Calculation  of ACP.  The ACP for a group is the  average  of the  separate
contribution  percentages  calculated for each eligible Employee who is a member
of that group. An eligible Employee's contribution percentage for a Plan Year is
the ratio of the eligible Employee's  aggregate  contributions for the Plan Year
to the Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year. "Aggregate  contributions" are
Employer matching  contributions  (other than qualified  matching  contributions
used in the ADP test under Section 14.08) and Employee contributions (as defined
in Section 14.03). The Plan  Administrator  operationally may include in the ACP
test, qualified nonelective contributions and elective deferrals not used in the
ADP  test.  The Plan  Administrator,  under  prior  year  testing,  may  include
qualified  nonelective  contributions  or qualified  matching  contributions  in
determining  the Nonhighly  Compensated  Employee ACP only if the Employer makes
such  contribution  to the  Plan by the end of the  testing  year  and the  Plan
Administrator  allocates the contribution to the prior Plan Year. In determining
whether the Plan  satisfies  either ACP test,  the Plan  Administrator  will use
prior year testing,  unless the Employer in Appendix A to its Adoption Agreement
elects to use the current year testing.  An Employer may not change from current
year  testing to prior year  testing  except as provided in the Code or in other
applicable  guidance.  For  the  first  Plan  Year  the  Plan  permits  matching
contributions or Employee contributions and the Plan is not a successor plan (as
defined in the Code or in other applicable guidance),  under prior year testing,
the prior year ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Group is 3% unless the Employer
in an Addendum to its Adoption Agreement elects to use the actual first year ACP
for the Nonhighly Compensated Group.



DC-Sponsor

(B)  Special aggregation rule for Highly Compensated Employees. To determine the
contribution  percentage  of any  Highly  Compensated  Employee,  the  aggregate
contributions taken into account must include any matching  contributions (other
than  qualified  matching  contributions  used in the ADP test) and any Employee
contributions  made on  his/her  behalf  to any  other  plan  maintained  by the
Employer,  unless the other plan is an ESOP.  If the plans have  different  plan
years,   the  Plan   Administrator   will   determine  the  combined   aggregate
contributions on the basis of the plan years ending in the same calendar year.

(C)  Aggregation of certain 401(m)  arrangements.  If the Employer treats two or
more plans as a single for coverage or nondiscrimination  purposes, the Employer
must combine the 401(m)  arrangements  under such plans to determine whether the
plans  satisfy  the  ACP  test.  This   aggregation  rule  applies  to  the  ACP
determination  for all eligible  Employees,  irrespective of whether an eligible
Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee or a Nonhighly  Compensated  Employee.
An Employer may aggregate  401(m)  arrangements  under this Section  14.09(C) if
where the plans  have the same plan  year and use the same  testing  method.  An
Employer  may not  aggregate  an ESOP (or the  ESOP  portion  of a plan)  with a
non-ESOP  plan (or  non-ESOP  portion of a plan).  If the  Employer  aggregating
401(m) arrangements under this Section 14.09(C) is using prior year testing, the
Plan Administrator must adjust the Nonhighly Compensated Group ACP for the prior
year as provided in the Code or in other applicable guidance.

(D)  Distribution of excess aggregate contributions. The Plan Administrator will
determine  excess aggregate  contributions  after  determining  excess deferrals
under Section 14.07 and excess  contributions  under Section 14.08.  If the Plan
Administrator determines the Plan fails to satisfy the ACP test for a Plan Year,
the Trustee, as directed by the Plan  Administrator,  must distribute the Vested
excess aggregate  contributions,  as adjusted for allocable  income,  during the
next Plan Year.  However,  the  Employer may incur an excise tax with respect to
the amount of excess aggregate  contributions for a Plan Year not distributed to
the appropriate  Highly  Compensated  Employees during the first 2 1/2 months of
that next Plan  Year.  The  excess  aggregate  contributions  are the  amount of
aggregate  contributions allocated on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employees
which  causes  the  Plan to fail  the ACP  test.  The  Plan  Administrator  will
determine  the total amount of the excess  aggregate  contributions  by starting
with  the  Highly  Compensated  Employee(s)  who has the  greatest  contribution
percentage,  reducing  his/her  contribution  percentage (but not below the next
highest contribution percentage),  then, if necessary, reducing the contribution
percentage  of  the  Highly   Compensated   Employee(s)   at  the  next  highest
contribution  percentage  level,  including the  contribution  percentage of the
Highly   Compensated   Employee(s)  whose   contribution   percentage  the  Plan
Administrator  already has reduced (but not below the next highest  contribution
percentage),  and  continuing  in this  manner  until  the  ACP  for the  Highly
Compensated Group satisfies the ACP test.

After  the  Plan   Administrator  has  determined  the  total  excess  aggregate
contribution  amount, the Trustee, as directed by the Plan  Administrator,  then
will  distribute  (to the extent  Vested) to each  Highly  Compensated  Employee
his/her  respective  share  of the  excess  aggregate  contributions.  The  Plan
Administrator will determine each Highly Compensated  Employee's share of excess
aggregate  contributions by starting with the Highly Compensated Employee(s) who
has the highest dollar amount of aggregate contributions, reducing the amount of
his/her aggregate contributions (but not below the next highest dollar amount of
the  aggregate  contributions),  then,  if  necessary,  reducing  the  amount of
aggregate  contributions  of the  Highly  Compensated  Employee(s)  at the  next
highest  dollar  amount of  aggregate  contributions,  including  the  aggregate
contributions   of  the   Highly   Compensated   Employee(s)   whose   aggregate
contributions the Plan Administrator already has reduced (but not below the next
highest dollar amount of aggregate contributions), and continuing in this manner
until the Trustee has distributed all excess aggregate contributions.

(E)  Allocable income.  To determine the amount of the  corrective  distribution
required under this Section  14.09,  the Plan  Administrator  must calculate the
allocable  income  for the Plan Year (but not beyond the Plan Year) in which the
excess aggregate contributions arose. "Allocable income" means net income or net
loss. The Plan Administrator will determine  allocable income in the same manner
as described in Section 14.08(F) for excess contributions.

(F)  Characterization of excess aggregate contributions.  The Plan Administrator
will treat a Highly Compensated  Employee's  allocable share of excess aggregate
contributions  in the following  priority:  (1) first as attributable to his/her
Employee  contributions,  if any; (2) then as matching  contributions  allocable
with respect to excess contributions  determined under the ADP test described in
Section 14.08; (3) then on a pro rata basis to matching contributions and to the
deferral  contributions  relating to those matching contributions which the Plan
Administrator  has  included  in  the  ACP  test;  and  (4)  last  to  qualified
nonelective  contributions  used in the  ACP  test.  To the  extent  the  Highly
Compensated  Employee's  excess  aggregate  contributions  are  attributable  to
matching contributions, and he/she is not 100% Vested in his/her Account Balance
attributable to matching  contributions,  the Plan Administrator will distribute
only the Vested portion and forfeit the nonVested portion. The Vested portion of
the Highly Compensated Employee's excess aggregate contributions attributable to
Employer  matching  contributions  is the total amount of such excess  aggregate
contributions  (as adjusted for allocable  income)  multiplied by his/her Vested
percentage  (determined  as of the  last  day of the Plan  Year  for  which  the
Employer made the matching contribution).

     14.10 MULTIPLE USE LIMITATION.  If at least one Highly Compensated Employee
is  includible  in the ADP test  under  Section  14.08 and in the ACP test under
Section  14.09,  the sum of the Highly  Compensated  Group's ADP and ACP may not
exceed the multiple use limitation.

     The multiple use limitation is the sum of (i) and (ii):



DC-Sponsor

          (i)   125% of the greater of: (a) the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated
          Group  for the  prior  Plan  Year;  or (b)  the  ACP of the  Nonhighly
          Compensated Group for the Plan Year beginning with or within the prior
          Plan Year of the 401(k) arrangement.

          (ii)  2% plus the  lesser of (i)(a) or  (i)(b), but no more than twice
          the lesser of (i)(a) or (i)(b).



     The Plan Administrator,  in lieu of determining the multiple use limitation
as the sum of (i) and (ii),  may elect to determine the multiple use  limitation
as the sum of (iii) and (iv):

          (iii) 125% of the lesser of: (a) the ADP of the  Nonhighly Compensated
          Group  for the  prior  Plan  Year;  or (b)  the  ACP of the  Nonhighly
          Compensated Group for the Plan Year beginning with or within the prior
          Plan Year of the 401(k) arrangement.

          (iv)  2% plus the  greater of (iii)(a) or  (iii)(b),  but no more than
          twice the greater of (iii)(a) or (iii)(b).

     If the Employer  has elected in its Adoption  Agreement to use current year
testing,   the  multiple  use  limitation  is  calculated  using  the  Nonhighly
Compensated  Group's  current  Plan  Year  data.  The  Plan  Administrator  will
determine  whether the Plan satisfies the multiple use limitation after applying
the ADP test under  Section 14.08 and the ACP test under Section 14.09 and using
the  deemed  maximum  corrected  ADP and ACP  percentages  in the event the Plan
failed either or both tests.  If, after  applying this Section  14.10,  the Plan
Administrator  determines  the Plan has  failed  to  satisfy  the  multiple  use
limitation,  the Plan  Administrator  will  correct the failure by treating  the
excess amount as excess contributions under Section 14.08 or as excess aggregate
contributions  under Section 14.09, as the Plan Administrator  determines in its
sole discretion.  This Section 14.10 does not apply unless, prior to application
of the multiple use  limitation,  the ADP and the ACP of the Highly  Compensated
Group  each  exceeds  125%  of the  respective  percentages  for  the  Nonhighly
Compensated Group.

     14.11 DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTIONS. The Employer in Adoption Agreement Section
6.01  must  elect  the  distribution   events  permitted  under  the  Plan.  The
distribution  events  applicable  to the  Participant's  deferral  contributions
Account,   qualified  nonelective  contributions  Account,   qualified  matching
contributions  Account  and safe  harbor  contributions  Account  (collectively,
"restricted  balances") must satisfy the distribution  restrictions described in
Section 14.03(d).

(A)  Hardship Distributions from Deferral  Contributions  Account.  The Employer
must elect in Adoption  Agreement Section 6.01 whether a Participant may receive
hardship  distribution  (as  defined in  Section  6.09)  from  his/her  deferral
contributions  Account prior to the  Participant's  Separation  from Service.  A
hardship distribution from the deferral  contributions Account also must satisfy
the requirements of this Section 14.11(A).  A hardship  distribution  option may
not  apply  to a  Participant's  qualified  nonelective  contributions  Account,
qualified   matching   contributions   Account,   nor  to  his/her  safe  harbor
contributions Account except as provided in Paragraph (2).

     (1) Restrictions.  The  following  restrictions  apply to a Participant who
     receives  a  hardship  distribution  from  his/her  deferral  contributions
     Account:  (a) the Participant  may not make elective  deferrals or Employee
     contributions  to the Plan for the 12-month  period  following  the date of
     his/her  hardship  distribution;  (b) the  distribution  may not exceed the
     amount of the  Participant's  immediate and heavy financial need (including
     any amounts  necessary to pay any  federal,  state or local income taxes or
     penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution);  (c) the
     Participant  must have  obtained  all  distributions,  other than  hardship
     distributions,  and all  nontaxable  loans  (determined  at the time of the
     loan)  currently  available  under this Plan and all other  qualified plans
     maintained by the Employer;  and (d) the  Participant  must limit  elective
     deferrals  under this Plan and under any other qualified plan maintained by
     the Employer,  for the Participant's taxable year immediately following the
     taxable year of the hardship  distribution,  to the 402(g)  limitation  (as
     described  in Section  14.07),  reduced by the amount of the  Participant's
     elective  deferrals made in the taxable year of the hardship  distribution.
     The suspension of elective deferrals and Employee  contributions  described
     in clause  (a) also  must  apply to all  other  qualified  plans and to all
     nonqualified  plans of deferred  compensation  maintained  by the Employer,
     other than any mandatory employee contribution portion of a defined benefit
     plan,  including stock option,  stock purchase and other similar plans, but
     not  including  health or welfare  benefit  plans  (other  than the cash or
     deferred  arrangement portion of a cafeteria plan). The Plan Administrator,
     absent  actual  contrary  knowledge,  may rely on a  Participant's  written
     representation  that the distribution is on account of hardship (as defined
     in Section  6.09) and also  satisfies  clause (b). In addition,  clause (c)
     regarding  loans  does  not  apply  if the  loan to the  Participant  would
     increase the Participant's hardship need.

     (2) Earnings.  A  hardship  distribution  may not  include  earnings  on an
     Employee's  elective deferrals credited after December 31, 1988.  Qualified
     matching  contributions and qualified  nonelective  contributions,  and any
     earnings  on such  contributions,  credited as of December  31,  1988,  are
     subject to withdrawal for a hardship  distribution  only if the Employer in
     an Addendum to its Adoption  Agreement  elects to permit such  withdrawals.
     The  Addendum  may modify the  December  31,  1988,  date for  purposes  of
     determining  credited amounts,  provided the date is not later than the end
     of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989.

(B)  Distributions  after Separation from Service.  Following the  Participant's
Separation from Service,  the distribution  events applicable to the Participant
apply equally to all of the Participant's Accounts.



DC-Sponsor

     14.12 SPECIAL  ALLOCATION AND VALUATION  RULES.  If the 401(k)  arrangement
provides  for  salary  reduction  contributions,  if the Plan  accepts  Employee
contributions,  or if the Plan allocates  matching  contributions as of any date
other than the last day of the Plan Year,  the  Employer in  Adoption  Agreement
Sections 9.08 and 10.15 must elect the method the Plan  Administrator will apply
to allocate net income,  gain or loss to such contributions made during the Plan
Year and any alternative valuation dates for the different Account.



DC-Sponsor

                                  AMENDMENT TO
                       DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN AND TRUST


     Effective  with respect to Employers  adopting  this  prototype  plan on or
after July 1, 2002,  Section  10.03(G) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to
read as follows:

     (G) Modifications  of Trust.  The  Employer  in its  Standardized  Adoption
     Agreement may not amend any provision of Article X (or any other  provision
     of the Plan  related to the Trust)  except to specify the Trust  year,  the
     names of the Plan,  the  Employer,  the Trustee,  the  Custodian,  the Plan
     Administrator,  other  fiduciaries or the name of any pooled trust in which
     the Trust will participate.  The Employer in its  Nonstandardized  Adoption
     Agreement,  in addition to the foregoing amendments,  may amend or override
     the  administrative  provisions of Article X (or any other provision of the
     Plan  related  to  the  Trust),  including  provisions  relating  to  Trust
     investment and Trustee duties.  Any such  amendment:  (1) must not conflict
     with any other  provisions of the Plan (except as expressly are intended to
     override  an  existing  Trust  provision);  (2) must not  cause the Plan to
     violate Code ss.401(a);  and (3) must be made in accordance with Rev. Proc.
     2000-20 or any successor thereto.  The Employer using either a Standardized
     or Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to establish its Plan, subject to the
     conditions  (1), (2) and (3)  described  above,  may elect to substitute in
     place of Article X and the  remaining  trust  provisions  of the basic plan
     document,  any other trust or  custodial  account  agreement  that has been
     approved  by the IRS for use with this Plan.  All  Section  10.03(G)  Trust
     modifications or substitutions are subject to Section 13.02 and require the
     written consent or signature of the Trustee.

     Pursuant to Section 13.03 of the Plan,  the mass submitter of the prototype
plan has made this amendment (as evidenced by the submission of the amendment to
the Internal  Revenue  Service for inclusion with the mass  submitter  prototype
plan) on behalf of minor modifier  Prototype Plan Sponsors that received opinion
letters prior to March 1, 2002, and all identical Prototype Plan Sponsors of the
mass submitter prototype plan.